pgytim Tee reins nore Oeming, a wt a oe mit wi mate oe nee wpe rare! oer" poreieren i ad me pt ie sant seeee rors) eorownere : 7 Sorte : errs he Led ‘ pres ee we a as paiva sl epee renee! é peretes one Oe and 0: heprecente as Sree eens ewe) ‘ i brithin - Te oo” foreiwse ieee pterwrene”.’ mn veer ety a ae oot ioe prt : y ; e ; J ‘ mune Liedind Sethe Dah nd ten * , il . 5 ve : . le Ar aplereteviyieeticias . ee reserere'y Ce i taddaat senate e Sone wore res por wer creer ewer? eee pedetnatct errr rere ; : ~~" yet 7 * = ; . « pe died es neree” ™ Laat fies isrearernere) Ed titled 3 nwwe s vrewerr ene di se alee cv: vee RA Ae i ihe? be o 455 y : : : Syd yyw SSE ea — od hh ee iy gies ae Bod ~ & 4 ve Pity = we = ppesee Ap Aer as “4 oy Sw Wiveeeeeuty! a Bp re : 4 a” A ae LHS Sys, < a ae 2 Ada 3 eegees ws voor See ? Bey Po note As <4 geees A! r—_? Arw Ns Su uye gay feeree' i Reiter Spe ~~ eecauca J¥v~ aS ws NS SS, Vlwe Cow eel es ee | h os a Wt ev 1% P Wooo. I sein, ° Sy Yse BO SSS, et 4) | vs va Bee i pg dVOON yee! ed (te, wie Mngt oo wSyue~ wie. : a7 vee vse A fo ut swe RO Abed eh a ai, S22 ‘ aa? \ eee AALS What pncers LA es ~ vueyet pd RELI. WORSE on A | | Ms : AG ARO RESIS att Neth ead shthgatr Shu Rs ds. SEG ) , ve wie: on . wre : ») : © sGunware Wee wes ta d f j 4s be RANA ‘ y ey! & ey wee teTS ETS Sw et 4 i ¥ 43 t . ie , / ae, 7, 16 3 é s THE ANNALS ie AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, ann GEOLOGY. (BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘ANNALS’ COMBINED WITH LOUDON AND CHARLHSWORTH’S ‘ MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. ) CONDUCTED BY WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.Z.5., AND RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S. | VOL. I.—NINTH SERIES. ~ =) oy \ (243674 | \ | 4 ‘ a“ a « tion aj Mu 5e¥ de ot LONDON: PRINTED AND PUBLISHED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS. SOLD BY SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT, AND CO., LD.; BAILLIERE, PARIS: AND HODGES, FIGGIS, AND CO., DUBLIN. 1918. “Omnes res create sunt divins sapientize et potentia testes, divitiz felicitatis humane :—ex harum usu bonitas Creatoris; ex pulchritudine sapientia Domini ; ex ceconomid in conservatione, proportione, renovatione, potentia majestatis elucet. Earum itaque indagatio ab hominsibus sibi relictis semper estimata ; a veré eruditis et sapientibus semper exculta; malé doctis et barbaris semper inimica fuit.’—Linnaxus. “Quel que soit le principe de la vie animale, il ne faut qu’ouvrir les yeux pour voir qu’elle est le chef-d’ceuvre de la Toute-puissance, et le but auquel se rappor- tent toutes ses opérations.”’—Bruckngr, Zhéorie du Systéme Animal, Leyden, 1767. oe ew ew ee ee ~ Lhe sylvan powers Obey our summons; from their deepest dells The Dryads come, and throw their garlands wild And odorous branches at our feet; the Nymphs That press with nimble step the mountain-thyme And purple heath-flower come not empty-handed, But scatter round ten thousand forms minute Of velvet moss-or lichen, torn from rock Or rifted oak or cavern deep: the Naiads too Quit their loved native stream, from whose smooth face They crop the lily, and each sedge and rush That drinks the rippling tide: the frozen poles, Where peril waits the bold adventurer’s tread, The burning sands of Borneo and Cayenne, All, all to us unlock their secret stores And pay their cheerful tribute. J. Taynor, Norwich, 1818. ALBRE @ FLAMMAM. ans 2 CONTENTS OF VOL, If. [NINTH SERIES, ] NUMBER 1. I. On new African Curculiontde.—I. By Guy A. K. MARsHALL, Sey | (lates. vice sera tials wey dan? wustttelete es snd@ las, oles ee goede II. Bermudian Species of Donatiu (Teihya). By Buancun BEN- TAMER ORO ALM fps cig ocleha ea aueheye ents [tie at ose aoe oltete ear e.e2 diigo) Ssh eye nts IIT. New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. By L. B, Prout, PEGPRES sven pea cole at ty ger se te slip ars cl chal Sul oes noth es Repack a aha IV. On the Striped Squirrels hitherto referred to the Genus Para- werus, By OLDFIELD THOMAS veces e cece recente eee eee nces V. Two new Tuco-tucos from Argentina, By OLDFIELD THoMas. VI. Protoéchinus, Austin. By F, A. Barurr, Disc. FBS. (Plate DL) jo. awe cdc dees oe teh gt eae sk tec c ey tree VII. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—II. On the Australian Species of Cardiochiline and Doryctine. By Row- Pind He CURNGE, BZ: 56 FBS... cate squirt ey yee et VIII. Further Notes on the Asilide of Australia. By Guer- RUD RM RLOAIRD Oy clues slviie ee te + © ve» sins TOE Soy one iar ol Ways meen Page J 11 18 49 1V CONTENTS. Page IX. Note on the Lower Jaw of Stereognathus ooliticus, Charles- worth. By Dr. Branistav Perronievics. (Plate IIT.)........ 67 X. Variation in the Prothoracic Spines of Dactylispa xanthopus, Gestro. By 'S. Mavri, BA. (Cantob.), FAS oe pee ee. es 70 XI. Note on Epistictia reicheana, Guérin. By 8S. A, Mau ix, Boa: (Camtab:), PTS. a0). chevyc css «is « og hs ee eine 74 XII. New Species and Races of Ithomiine in the Joicey Collec- dion. “By WW... Have, BLES. (hiss) 0% <4): Sue ek eee ne eiete ele far XIII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenoptera. — XXXII. On new’ Species in the British Museum. By Rowianp E, Turner, F.Z.5., EES, 5. ee pian abhi se rites © bfcs hide eee ce tas tke hee ee een 86 XIV. On Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum from Deep-sea Telegrapb-Cables.. By W."T. Catman, D.Sc. ....-¢...asens eee 96 XV. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily Py- rausting. By Sir Grorer F’, Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &c. ...... 125 NUMBER 2, XVI, Descriptions of Thirty-four Species of Marine Mollusca from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and Arabian Sea, collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend. By James Cosmo MeEtviuu, M.A., D.Sc. (Plates TV.& V.) oc caics sites wise pie ee eee se eee 137 XVII. Descriptions and Records of Bees—LXXIX, By T. D.A. COCKERELL, University of Coloradoes.cer--t sce -cir ee ences 158 XVII. The Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. By G, C. ORAMPION, L59, t.icicsaiers aie os ay] PERE Ree Ren nen eee 167 XIX. On small Mammals from Salta and Jujuy collected by Mr, E, Budin. By O_pFirLp THomas....... Beit ina sot leleinaa ere 186 XX. The Generic Division of the Hedgehogs. By Otprretp RELOMUAG po teil Solute lots st os, + 1s 004 Sloe REMMI a hia see cena 193 XXI. The Homoptera of Indo-China, By W. L. Distant .... 196 CONTENTS, v NUMBER 3, Page XXII. Brief Descriptions of new Thysanoptera.—IX. By RICHARD! S. BAGNALL, FLEAS esas eheees odecacs ded me adore a siere 201 XXIII. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—III. On new Australian Agathine. By Rowianp E. Turner, F.Z.S., XXIV. Four new Species of Hedgehog. By OLpFiELD THomas. 280 XXV. A new River-crab from the Transvaal. By W. T. MAT AEAN, DSC), iil tht ee RO st ook ties daie & Mea o0) 3 nod Loe XXVI. On the Papuan, Melanesian, and North Australian Species of the Genus Rana, By G. A. BouLENGER, F.R.S. ............ 236 XXVIT. Some Notes on the small Sand-Foxes of North Africa. BE VAOE DML OMAGG tie sha vie a Su Des Mmauatdatag hae aoass « 242 XXVIII. Platymycterus, a new Genus of Asiatic Curculionide _ (Coteopt.); By Guy A. K. MansHann, D:Se.% 1. cccencaiscte aes 245 XXIX. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily Py- raustine. By Sir GzorGE F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.8., &e. ....., 252 Proceedings of the Geological Society ci. ticeneccu seed tennegses 262 NUMBER 4, XXX. Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamiliy Py- raustine. By Sir GrorGE F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e. ...... 265 XXXI. A peculiar State of Development in Brachydesmus (Myria- poda—Polydesmoidea). By Henry W, Brétemann (of Pau, ibasses-byrendos, NENG): o's... osu. wun een ie ae ces cc oa 281 XXXII. Notes on Fossorial Hymenopteraa—XXXIII. On new Ethiopian Species of Psammocharide, By Rowtanp E, Turner, JAAS Ua] DAS EE A eae SP APR IMMER ESS cs: ae Earn a a 284 XXXII. The Homologies of the Anal Plate in Antedon. By Brae BATHE): Sey Rel os. os ss «cae niida dl saett) aides: 294 XXXIV. On the Arrangement of the small Tenrecide hitherto referred to Oryzorictes and Microgale. By OLDFIELD THomas.,.. 302 vi CONTENTS, Pago XXXV. The Baculum or Os Penis of some Genera of Mustelide. Bye. OCOCK, HOIRIS.. 245 oss soe) ee ee, cree 307 XXXVI. New Heterocera in the Joicey Collection. By Louis BAPROUT, Heber! wits sce Asoo ous .o./0) 800, 9) ace 312 XXXVII. Note on Laccoptera vigintiser-notata, Bohemau. By S.WAUIIK, DA. Oantab;,. PVES., F.Z.8. 0s een ae eee 318 XXXVIII. Two new Indian Cassidine Beetles. By 8. Mavix, IBA. Canta, EHS. 035. se sies «cto bei eo: ee Oe gee 322 XXXIX. On a new Genus and Two new Species of Amatide (Syntomide) in the Joicey Collection. By W. J. Kaye, F.E.S. .. 326 New Book:—Shells as Evidences of the Migrations of Early Cultire, . By J. WiItreEn JACKSON, The Cephalophine, Neotragine, Oreotragine, and Mado- qung. by I. 1; POCOURCE ORS. 80 WOU Rs oAaeit Mia ae dn ced 426 PLATES IN VOL. I. PuaTE I, Sphrigodesgunni, Deiradognathus fasciatus, and Cylindrobaris ornata. II. Protoechinus anceps. III. Portions of lower jaw of Stereognathus ooliticus. IV. ry *. Mollusea from Persian Gulf and Arabian Sea. ERRATUM. Page 157, line 4, and page 158, line 37, for Cypricardia read Venerupis. NINTH SERIES. Nol. ee THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL. HISTORY, INCLUDING “ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, anp GEOLOGY. \ ee Py pig X\ s fers Ys: ae —_ ua i, ple yy : be eS 8 Hee) SERS ate es ace CONDUCTED BY... “WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Px.D., F Rs. ¥.LS., F.G “ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M. a Se.D., F.R.S., F.Z. oe AND RICHARD T. FRANCIS, F.Z.S. BRING A CONTINUATION OF THE ** ANNALS ” COMBINHD WITH MESSRS. LOUDON AND CHARL ESWORTH’S “s MAGAZINE OF NATURAL BISTORY.” Wi CH THREE PLATES. sliggieative of Dr. G. A. K. Marshall’s Paper on new African Cureulionide, Dr, F. A. Bather’s on Protoéchinus, Austin, and Dr. B. Perpunlevien, 3 on the Lower Jaw of Stereoynathus ooliticus. ee LONDON: TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION. COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold by eae Marshall, Hamilton, Kent. & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris: and Hodges, Figgis, & Co., Dublin, y & - Double Number. Price Five Shillings. WATKINS & DONCASTER | Raturalists, Keep in stock every kind of APPARATUS atia CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH- OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- BOXES, which should be fixed up in gardens or. shrubberies before the breeding Season. . A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Ey &e. Full Oatalozue (84 pages) mailed free to any address, 36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND. SCIENTIFIC BOOKS AND Sec JOHN WHELDON & CO. have the largest stock in the country of Books in all Departments of Science and Natural History, also Transactions and Journals - of Learned Societies, etc., in sets, runs, and single volumes or numbers. Libraries or small parcels purchased for cash. SPECIAL CATALOGUES: Botanical, Ornithological, iterdlanieals Gace Microscopical, Gardening, Agricultural, Chemical, etc., gratis on application. 38 GREAT QUEEN STREET, KINGSWAY, LONDON, W.C. 2. Telephone : Gerrard 1412. Just Published. Super-Royal 8vo, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Text-figures. Price 12s. 6d. A CONTRIBUTION PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA. L. 8. GIBBS, F.LS., F.R.MS. TAYLOR AND F'RANcIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. Rates for Advertisements i in the Awnals aud. Magazine of Natural History. One Six Twelve Insertion. Insertions. Insertions. PAGE (oe Ge hee 2 0° 0: eae te Sach ne HALF -PAGE:)-0 rn o71.2 6 a GS 7 6 ,, oe QUARTER-PAGE - 12 6 UE ae), 60 D3 faa All applications for space to be made to” | ee Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon, THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [NINTH SIERIES.] Peta bosais coor per litora spargite muscum, Naiades, et circiim vitreos considite fontes : Pollice virgineo teneros hic carpite flores: Floribus et pictum, dive, replete canistrum. At vos, o Nymphe Craterides, ite sub undas ; Ite, recuryato variata corallia trunco Vellite muscosis e rupibus, et mihi conchas Ferte, Dee pelagi, et pingui conchylia succo.” N. Parthenii Giannettasi, Bol. 1, No, fT. JANUARY 19178. I.—On new African Curculionide.—lI. By Guy A. K. Marsnatt, D.Sc. [Plate I.] Subfamily Bracuyperrin x. Sympiezomias cupreovirens, sp. i. $ ?. Colour black, with dense bright green scaling above and a narrow coppery stripe running from the front margin of the prothorax to the apex of the elytra; on the prothorax there is sometimes a faint trace of a lateral stripe which is continued on to the base of the elytra; in some cases the upper surface is coppery, with a narrow lateral green stripe on both prothorax and elytra; the lower surface in either cuse rather brassy. Head with very sparse shallow punctures which are quite hidden by the scaling, the forehead with a faint central stria continuous with the rostral furrow. Rostrum a little longer than its basal width, parallel-sided, the dorsal outline rather strongly curved; the upper surface almost flat transversely, with a deep narrow central furrow in the basal half and a broader shallower lateral one on each side flanked internally by a low carina; below and parallel with this a short furrow in front of the eye. Antenne piceous; joint 1 of the funicle Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 1 Y Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on as long as 24+38+4; joint 2 about as long as broad, the remainder transverse. Prothorax slightly broader than long, the apex much narrower than the base, the sides moderately rounded, broadest about the middle, the apical constriction shallow; the upper surface with very shallow and sparse punctation, which is entirely hidden, and a deep narrow central furrow that does not quite reach either the apex or base. Hlytra narrowly subelliptical, broadest about the middle, the apices jointly rounded in both sexes, dis- tinctly more pointed behind in the ¢ and with the extreme tip produced slightly downwards ; the shallow striz appear extremely narrow when the scaling is intact, and the punc- tures are almost hidden; the intervals are flat, dull, and finely rugulose beneath the scaling, each bearing a single row of very short and inconspicuous recumbent scale-like sete. Legs piceous, with the tibiz and tarsi more reddish. Length 5-6, breadth 2 mm. Narat: Vlakhoek (H. J. Stiebel—type). TransvaaL: Johannesburg (Harold A. Fry). The Natal specimens were forwarded by the Division of Entomology, Pretoria, with the information that the insects were destroying young leaves on apple-trees. Very closely allied to S. (Piazomias) viridanus, Fhs., which occurs also in the Transvaal ; but that species differs in having the prothorax a little longer (at least as long as broad), only slightly narrower at the apex than at the base, and with the surface rugosely sculptured in longitudinal wrinkles ; the head is granulose (beneath the scaling) and somewhat striolate on the forehead, the eyes being distinctly shorter and more convex; the rostrum is proportionately broader, shghtly widened at the gene, and with the dorsal outline almost straight ; the teeth on the inner edge of the tibize are shorter and more slender, &c. The genus Sympiezomias, Fst., has not been previously recorded from Africa, but there seems to be no reason for separating these two insects from the Indian species, despite the difference in the structure of the scales, all of which have a small boss-like elevation in the middle, like those of the Indian genera Lepidospyris, Mshl., and Tylopholis, Mshl. Subfamily Ovrorruyncurn 2. Genus Spuricopsgs, Gerst. Sphrigodes gunni, sp. n. 3. Colour black, with dense dark brown scaling above, variegated with stripes and spots of whitish scales, the lower new African Curculionide. 3 surface with uniform pale greenish scaling. The head with pale scales round the eyes and along the dorsal edges of the rostrum ; the prothorax with five narrow pale longitudinal stripes; the elytra with the following pale markings :—-on interval 2 a stripe running from near the base to a little beyond the middle ; interval 4 with a stripe from the base as far as the middle of that on int. 2; int. 6 with a spot close to the base and another before the middle ; int. 8 with a broad stripe from the base to beyond the middle, and on a level with the end of this starts an oblique row of longi- tudinal patches along the top of the declivity on ints. 7, 6, 4, and 2 respectively, that on 6 being usually the longest ; a narrower stripe on the apical part of int. 8, which bends round in the form of a hook on to the apex of int. 4; and, finally, a V-shaped mark at the extreme apex on ints. 2 and 10. Head with the coarse close punctation hidden by the ° scaling ; the forehead flat, with an elongate central fovea. Rostrum not much longer than its width at the gene, parallel-sided in the basal half, then abruptly and strongly dilated ; the dorsal area flat behind and shallowly impressed in front, its margins subcarinate and the lateral areas on each side almost perpendicular; the greatest distance between the scrobes about equal to the width of the fore- head. Antenne with the scape extending well beyond the front margin of the prothorax; the two basal joints of the funicle equal, joints 3 to 5 gradually diminishing in length, and 5 to 7 subequal and slightly longer than broad. Prothorax broader than long, broadest near the base, the sides moderately rounded, the apical constriction shallow but distinct ; the upper surface evenly convex, without any furrow, and set with close reticulate punctures, each of which is filled with a flat subcireular scale, the narrow shiny interspaces being mostly uncovered. lytra broadly ovate, their greatest width not far from the base, the dorsal outline moderately convex, the posterior declivity very steep ; the upper surface with shallow striz containing rows of deep distant punctures, each of which bears a curved seta that does not rise above the rim of the puncture; the intervals between the striz broad and flat, closely covered with subcircular convex scales which do not overlap, and between which the shiny integument is often visible; the short curved scale-like sete are irregularly scattered, and agree in colour with the scales around them. Leys with moderately close pale greenish scaling; the hind tibie curved so that the upper edge is concave and the lower 1* q Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on convex, and near the apex of the lower edge is an impressed hare area, above which are two very stout bifid spines and some simple spines above them ; the other tibia have each in the same pose a row of three or four simple spines. Length 43-5, breadth 24-3 mm. 26 The scaling of the upper surface light grey-brown or brownish grey, the markings that are so conspicuous in the 3S being only fainily indicated owing to their being very little lighter than the ground-colour. The only structural differences are that the prothorax is proportionally broader, the apices of the elytra are jointly produced downwards into a beak-like point, and the last ventral segment is pointed at the apex and strongly com- pressed at the sides so as to form a prominent median ridge. In the @ this ventral segment is only slightly convex, broadly rounded at the apex, and bears a small shallow apical impression. Length 53-6, breadth 3-33 mm. TRansvaaLt: Pretoria (D. Gunn). The male specimens were found on Acacia caffra and the females on grass. This insect would have been referred by Faust to the genus Embrithes, Schh., and is congeneric with his E. pla- giatus and E. miser from East Africa. These insects are unquestionably referable to Sphrigodes, Gerst., and it is therefore probable that all the other tropical species of Embrithes described by Faust should be assigned to that genus. In the true Hmbrithes, which are confined to the Cape subregion, the scape does not extend beyond the front margin. of the prothorax ; the rostrum is short and broad, being no longer than ae basal width ; the surface of ie prothorax i is uneven, and the upper edge of its basal margin is not carinate. In Sphrigodes the scape extends well beyond the front margin of the prothorax ; the rostrum is much longer than its basal width; the Surtace of the prothorax is smooth, and the upper edge of its basal margin is finely carinate. Subfamil y CryproRRHYNCHINZ. Genus DriRADOGNATHUS, nov. Head almost concealed from above in repose; the eyes large, narrowed below, the space between them above slightly greater than, and beneath less than, the basal width new African Curculionide. 5 of the rostrum. Rostrum bent before the middle, the apical half flattened dorso-ventrally, with a deep constriction just in front of the eyes; the scrobes beginning at the middle and not passing actually beneath the rostrum at the base, so that the lower edge of the rostrum (when viewed from the side) is visible beneath the lower margin of the scrobe throughout ; the mandibles triangular in cross-section, the outer surface angulate, forming a longitudinal ridge, the cutting-edge shallowly bisinuate. Antenne with the scape not reaching the eye, the two basal joints of the funicle equal, the third only slightly shorter than the second ; the club broadly ovate, as long as the two preceding joints, segmented, the margins of the segments almost transverse. Seutellum distinct. Elytra broader than the thorax, with prominent shoulders and ten strie. Legs moderate, the front pair about as long as the hind ; the femora gradually dilated, with a stout tooth, not furrowed beneath, the hind pair not reaching the apex of the elytra; the tibiz com- pressed, strongly bent at the base, the lower edge shallowly bisinuate, the upper surface forming a sharp edge, the apex strongly uncinate, the corbels of the hind pair open; the tarsal claws simple, stout and free. Sternum with a deep prosternal furrow, which is not continued on to the meso- sternum, the front cox being as widely separated as the mid pair and having a rather prominent internal apical angle ; the mesepimeron nearly twice the size of the mesepisternum, the intercoxal process lying much below the level of the mid cox, and the front margin of the cavity of these cox bearing a distinct short projection ; the metasternum between the coxze more than 14 times as long as the mid coxie. Venter with segment 2 longer than either 3 or 4, but shorter than the two together, the portion of segment 1] behind the coxa distinctly longer than segment 2, the hind margin of segment | straight, the intercoxal process com. paratively narrow and conical. Type, Deiradognathus fasciatus, sp. 0. This genus falls into Lacordaire’s group Ithyporides, and in Faust’s key to the African genera known to him (Stett. Ent. Zeit. 1893, p. 232) it runs down next to Haplocorynus, Fst., which differs in having the femora abruptly clavate and the hind pair extending beyond the apex ot the elytra, the second joint of the funicle longer than the first, and the portion of the first ventral segment behind the coxe shorter than the second segment. It is also allied to the Eastern Colobodes, Schh. ; but in this genus segment 2 is as long as 3+4, the femora have a 6 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on furrow beneath from the apex to the tooth, the mandibles are rounded externally, the scrobes pass beneath the rostrum in the basal third, and the margins of the joints of the antennal club are very oblique. Deiradognathus fasciatus, sp. n. ?. Colour black, partly clothed with dense brownish cream-coloured scaling, and elsewhere with leaden-grey scales variegated with blackish brown. The head creamy with brown markings; the entire prothorax creamy, except a large dorsal hexagonal dark brown patch in the centre of the basal half; the elytra with dark scaling, except for a small spot at the base of interval 6 and a broad irregular transverse creamy band behind the middle, which widens outwardly from the suture to the lateral margin and extends along the margin to the base, being almost interrupted near the suture by an oblique leaden-grevy patch on intervals 2 and 3; the dark parts of the elytra are leaden grey, with a slight sheen, variegated with velvety dark brown or blackish patches, especially on the elevations ; the lower surface is creamy, except the last three ventral segments, which are dark with a row of pale spots down the middle and on each side; the legs creamy with large dark brown patches, the apices of the femora and the lower surface of the tarsi reddish brown. Head dull, with fine and very shallow reticulation and scattered large deep punctures, but the sculpture is entirely hidden by the erect scales, which are so densely packed that only the tips are visible. Rostrum convex and almost parallel-sided in the basal third, thence flattened and markedly widening to the apex; in the basal area the punctation is very coarse and confluent at the sides, where the scaling is dense, and the dorsal area bears separated punctures of varying sizes; the flattened anterior part is much more sparsely punctate, and there is an undefined impunctate central stripe. Prothorax almost as long as its greatest width, the sides very strongly rounded, broadest before the middle, the base bisinuate and broader than the apex, which is somewhat produced over the head and sub- truncate in the middle; across the widest part there is a transverse row of four conical prominences and two others near the front margin, all of which appear to be due to elevations of the integument, but are really produced by bunches of convergent upright scales; the integument itself, which is completely hidden, bears coarse separated new African Curculionidee. 7 punctures, with the intervals minutely sculptured, and there is a well-marked central carina (visible through the scaling) running from the base for two-thirds of the length. Scutellum bearing in front an erect compressed prominence, which is rendered less noticeable by the fact that the rest of the surface is covered by a cushion of erect red-brown scales of the same height. H/lytra jointly sinuate at the base, very graduaily narrowed behind from the shoulders, which are almost right angles, with a deep oblique impression before the apices, which are separated, each bearing a small tubercle ; the upper surface with regular rows of large shallow punctures, which are more or less concealed by the scaling, the intervals 1, 8, 5, and 7 slightly more raised ; interval 3 with a large boss-like patch of raised scales near the base, a long one close behind it which just reaches the pale band, a rounded one at the hind edge of the band, and a row of much smaller ones from there to the apex; interval 5 with similar but smaller raised patches on a level with the two front ones on 8, a small one in the pale band in front of that on 3, and a large dark boss-like one on the declivity ; a row of variable and often indistinct small prominences on interval 7 and on the declivity cnly of interval 1. Length 12-14, width 5-54 mm. S. Ruoprs1a: Bulawayo (F. Eyles). Mecistocerus aloes, sp. n. 3d ¢. Colour black, with fairly dense dark brown scaling, irregularly and indefinitely variegated on the elytra with paler scales ; the legs greyish brown, all the tibiz having a dark band im the basal half, and the hind femora with a large dark patch about the middle. Head with coarse confluent punctation, each puncture being filled with a broad seale; the forehead without a central furrow. Rostrum—() rather coarsely and con- fluently punctate throughout, with a sharp central carina in the basal half and on each side a broad shallow lateral furrow, which almost reaches the apex, but becomes broader and indefinite in the basal third, and below this in the apical half another shallow punctate furrow, which forms a continuation of the scrobe almost to the apex; (9?) coarsely punctate only at the sides of the basal third, the remainder shiny and with fine scattered punctures, without any central carina, and the upper lateral furrow deeper and more sharply defined than in the ¢. Antenne piceous ; 8 Dr. G. A. K. Marshall on inserted at the middle of the rostrum (2) orslightly behind it (?) ; the scape as long as the first 34 joints of the funicle ; and the club narrowly elliptical and distinctly longer than the last three joints, which are slightly trans- verse ; jot 2 of the funicle much longer than 1. Pro- thorax as long as broad, shallowly bisinuate at the base, the sides subparallel or slightly diverging from the base to beyond the middle and converging strongly in front ; the upper surface with very deeply reticulate punctures through- out and without any definite central carina; the deep honeycomb-like punctures are usually filled with extraneous matter, but each contains to one side acurved scale-like seta, the pale ones, which are arranged roughly in three longi- tudinal stripes, beimg much broader than the dark ones. Elytra much broader than the prothorax, the shoulders roundly rectangular; the strize deeply punctate, the divisions between the punctures more or less granuliform, the inter- vals flat, about as broad as the striae and set with irregular low granules, which are not visible when the scaling is intact ; the scales ovate, dense, and overlapping. Legs with the femora almost linear, the hind pair reaching only the middle of the last ventral segment. Venter with the hind margin of the first segment shallowly bisinuate. Length 73-84, breadth 8-34 mm. TRANSVAAL: Pretoria. Mr. Claude Fuller, Division of Entomology, Pretoria, states that these weevils were found puncturing the leaves of aloe plants. On account of its linear femora this species falls into the subgenus Rhadinomerus, Fst. (cf. Heller, Ent. Tidsk. 1904, p. 186), from the previously described species of which it differs in having two lateral furrows on each side of the anterior half of the rostrum. Subfamily Barrpry-x. Genus CyLinpRosaRIs, nov. Rostrum as long as the prothorax, gibbous at the base and tapering strongly to the apex, with the antenne inserted a little before the middle, and separated from the head by a deep transverse impression ; the scrobes uniting beneath the rostrum; the mandibles strongly bidentate. Antenne with the scape straight, broadly clavate, and not reaching the eye; the funicle with the two basal joints longer, 3-7 transverse and gradually widening outwardly, the new African Curculionide. I: seventh free; the first joint of the club as long as the rest together. Prothoraz as long as broad, very shallowly bisinuate at the base, and with a very slight post-ocular lobe. Scutellum large, oblong, and transverse. Elytra elongate, subeylindrical, with ten striz, separately rounded at the apex and leaving the sloping pygidium exposed; the shoulders prominent. Legs moderately long; the femora not toothed and but little dilated, the posterior pairs almost linear and not furrowed beneath ; the tibiz strongly bent near the base, otherwise straight, not furrowed, and mucro- nate at the apex; the tarsal claws rather small and connate at the base. Sternum: the prosternum (and still more the mesosternum) well below the level of the metasternum, not furrowed in front of the coxe; the front and mid cox equally separated, the interspace being narrow, not broader than the front tibiz ; the mesosternum with the side-pieces sharply differentiated ; the metasternum elongate, the length between the coxz nearly twice as long as the mid coxe, the episternum correspondingly long and comparatively narrow. Venter with the intercoxal piece rounded and comparatively narrow, not broader than the hind coxa; the length of segment 1 behind the coxa slightly greater than that of 2, the suture between them obliterated in the middle, seg- ment 2 as long as 8+4, the hind margins of all three almost straight and only slightly angulate at the sides; the tergites strongly chitinized and coarsely punctate. Type, Cylindrobaris ornata, sp. n. The large size and elongate cylindrical shape of this insect give it an aspect which is hardly suggestive of a Barid, the form being very similar to that of the Calandrid genus Cyrtorrhinus, Lac. The close approximation of the mid coxe, the tapering rostrum, and the almost straight margins of the intermediate ventral segments are all some- what unusual characters among the true Barides, to which the genus belongs. Cylindrobaris ornata, sp. n. General colour black or brownish black, with the head, rostrum, antennee, legs, apex of venter, and the last four or five abdominal tergites red-brown; occasionally the whole insect is red-brown. The body is decorated with the following markings, formed of dense overlapping lemon- yellow scales :—the whole of the scutellum; a transverse patch near the base of the elytra between striz 2 and 5, another similar one a little behind it between strie 6 and 9, 10 On new African Curculionide, and a broad transverse band at two-thirds from the base extending from stria 1 to 9; a broad stripe down the middle © of the prosternum and mesosternum and partly invading the cox, the whole of the mesepimeron, a spot at the base of the metepisternum, a small patch at each apical external angle of the metasternum, and a large transverse patch on each side of the first ventral segment. 3 3. Head bare, aciculate, with shallow separated punc- tures. Rostrum sharply bent downwards near the base, and from there nearly straight to the apex, without carinz or sulci, coarsely and confluently punctate from the base to the end of the scrobe, the punctures being very much larger on the sides of the deep compressed basal area and each con- taining a short linear scale-like seta, the apical areamuch more finely and sparsely punctate. Antenne with the club of the scape shallowly excavated on its lower face, the side that fits into the scrobe protected by a patch of stiff scale-like bristles ; the funicle with joint 1 a little longer than 2, joint 3 quadrate. Prothorax very slightly widened from the base to the middle, and there rather abruptly and strongly narrowed to the apex, but without any distinct apical constriction, the front margin truncate dorsally, the dorsal outline rather strongly convex longitudinally and deepest a little behind the middle; the upper surface uniformly and closely covered with fine wavy ridges, which converge obliquely towards the front margin in the anterior half and in the hinder half form roughly concentric curves round the highest point; lying transversely to the ridges are numerous short linear scale-like white sete. Hlytra elongate, with the sides shallowly sinuate in the middle, separately rounded at the base, and a little broader than the prothorax at the shoulders, which are obtusely prominent ; the upper surface moderately shiny and devoid of scaling (except for the markings described above), with regular deep punctate strize, of which the 7th and 8th begin only at about one-fourth from the base, and the ]0th is broadly interrupted in the middle; the intervals broad and flat, bearing numerous transverse cuts or excisions, each of which contains a short recumbent dark seta, and interval 3 markedly broader at the base than the adjoining ones ; the punctures in the strize contain very short setee which do not rise above the edges of the stria. Legs set with coarse punctures (rounded on the femora and elongate on the tibize) bearing white scalc-like sete. Length 7-9, breadth 24-3 mm. MARSHALL. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. I. Pl. I. Sphrigodes gunni, Mshl. x 9. Deiradognathus fasciatus, Mshl. x 4. Cylindrobaris ornata, Mshl. x 5. 2G tt € a . & J a 4 * 7 cd “ . . - 3 ‘ roe a . .*. = “oF Pai - ool e = = -+ A f On Bermudian Species of Donatia (Tethya). 11 Nyasatanp: Mt. Mlanje (S. A. Neave—type). 8S. Ruo- pEsta: Sebakwe (D. Dodds). TransvaaL: Pretoria. EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. Sphrigodes gunni, Marshall, x 9. Deiradognathus fasciatus, Marshall, x 4. Cylindrobaris ornata, Marshall, x 5. I1.— Bermudian Species of Donatia (Tethya). By BLANCHE BENJAMIN CROZIER. (Contributions from the Bermuda Biological Station for Research.—No. 77.) A SEARCH for budding sponges in the waters about Bermuda has revealed, in addition to members of other genera, three species of Donatia—D. lyncurium, D. seychellensis, aud two varieties of D. ingall. All, with the exception of D. lyneu- rium, which is comparatively rare, have been obtained in great abundance throughout their respective budding seasons, and kept under observation in their natural situations from September Ist to the end of May. ‘These observations were made as a preliminary to a study, now in progress, of the germ cells of these sponges. I have enjoyed the use of certain equipment belonging to the Bermuda Biological Station, and from the Resident Naturalist of the Station, Dr. W. J. Crozier, I have constantly received assistance. ‘l'o the Smithsonian Institution I am indebted for the loan of a collection of identified material. I. Donatia seychellensis (E. P. Wright). During the first week in September Donatia seychellensis, in moderate numbers, was found attached to the vegetation in Millbrook and Fairyland Creeks. These creeks are long narrow inlets bordered by mangroves. They are rey shallow, and a large part of the bottom is covered with plants, flat- bladed ‘ eel-grass” or turtle-grass, round-bladed grass, and alow. The sponge attaches itself to the grass by rather slender anchoring filaments; in its most common position upon a round blade it sends out two principal filaments in : opposite directions along the length of the blade, and from its base a few tiny hairs straight “toward the blade. It m ay 12 Miss B. B. Crozier on Bermudian also send out two or three filaments to neighbouring blades. Less commonly the attachment is to the flat-bladed grass or to alge. These sponges are of an orange colour, with no great variation from the lighter yellowish or greenish orange to the deeper reddish hue. The lighter colour is more common in small individuals, the deeper colour in large ones. Speci- mens preserved in alcohol are dull light brown. They are approximately spherical and from 8 to 20 mm. in diameter. ‘The surface of a fresh specimen is divided up into polygonal denticulated areas deeper in colour and denser in texture than the intervening spaces, though not necessarily raised above them ; and from the denticulations of these areas proceed strands, which form a close network in the spaces. In the lighter coloured specimens green shows through this network. ‘The polygonal areas, or conules, occur all over the animal, though they vary greatly in shape even in any one specimen. They may be irregular polygons or nearly round ; they may be flat or raised in the centre into a hillock with or without a spine projecting from its centre: at intervals the place of a conule is occupied by a smooth round swelling of the size of a bud but without a stalk ; or the position may be occupied by a bud with a long or short stalk. A bud may come from only one conule or, less frequently, it may have two or three stalks from adjacent conules. The polygonal areas about the osculum are modified into long plates, but these do not stand up above the general surface, so that the osculum is not conspicuous unless open. It leads into a chamber into which a number of canals open. Its position bears no con- stant relation to the region of attachment of the sponge. A typical full-grown bud is spherical or egg-shaped, 2 to 5 mm. in diameter, and of a bight clear orange colour. It is borne on astalk varying in length from less than 1 mm. to several times the diameter of the bud. This stalk often continues through the bud and projects on the distal side as a slender spine or hair, usually with a small swelling at its end. From the sides of the bud grow numerous shorter spines, often with swellings at their free ends. If sponges bearing buds are kept in a jar with running water for a few days, the stalks elongate and finally the buds drop off and settle to the bottom, while the parent sponges send out numerous very long slender spines, which attach to the sides of the jar or to other individuals. In order to give some idea of the time required for bud formation, a specimen without buds was placed under observation in a jar of running water on Sept. 4. The polygonal areas at this time were not Species of Donatia (Tethya). 13 raised above the general surface. On Sept. 5 they were projecting slightly. On Sept. 6 many of these elevations formed the ends of buds whose connexion with the parent sponge gradually narrowed to a slender stalk. Spines appeared from the sides and ends of the buds. On Sept. 7 the first bud dropped off. Tf a fresh specimen of average size, 7. e. about 15 mm. in diameter, be cut in two, it is seen to have a .well-detined cortex 1°5 mm. thick, consisting of a thin tough inner layer of white tibrous material and a thick fleshy outer layer orange in colour. ‘I'he choanosome is dark yellow at the centre and bright green at the periphery, the two colours merging into each other at two-thirds the distance from the centre to the periphery. Numerous large glistening white fibres ran from the centre radially in all cca Wee ; in the cortex one of them spreads out at the base of each conule. For the study of spicules preparations were made as follows:—From a freshly collected sponge a small piece was cut in any desired region, placed upon a microscope-slide, and covered with a few drops of KOH or NaOH solution ; the slide was then held with forceps over a low alcohol flame at a sufficient distance so that the fluid would not quite boil - but would become hot enough to soften the tissue. The alkali was then washed off with water from a pipette, and a cover-glass placed over the softened tissue and pressed down flat with a needle. ‘This procedure was carried out with fragments taken at various points along the radius of a large number of specimens. The sponge contains four kinds of spicules :—(1) Mega- scleres, typically strongyloxeas, but with the ecactine often rounded, 1:0 to 1-4 mm, long by 13 to 16 w in diameter, with smaller forms down to 0°36 mm. by 6 yw. (2) Spherasters, ranging from 30 to 50 w in diameter, with straight, abruptly pointed, oxeate actines, very abundant in the cortex, espe- cially in its deeper portion, and at the periphery of the choanosome, but exceedingly rare elsewhere. (3) Uxyasters, 28 to 35 mw in diameter, with slender rays, usually six in number, straight and unbranched, though occasionally curved or bent and rarely branched. These are found occasionally in the outer half of the cortex and are fairly abundant in the inner half, while throughout the entire choanosome they are very numerous, by far the most abundant microsclere. (4) Chiasters—6°6 to 13°3 w in diameter, and tylote—form a dense sheet at the periphery of the cortex, and are abundant through the remainder of the cortex and outer choanosome, but exceedingly rare in the deeper parts of the choanosome. 14 Miss B. B. Crozier on Bermudian Several entire buds of various sizes, after having been treated as described above, have been examined and found to contain the same four classes of spicules which occur in the adult sponge. ‘The structure of the various filaments sent out by this sponge was studied from teased living material. The anchoring filaments, bud-stalks, and fibres projecting from buds are composed o} of a core of megascleres surrounded by a dense layer of amcebocytes, among “which are scattered numerous chiasters. A few spherasters are found, especially in the little swellings at the ends of filaments. Donatia seychellensis, first observed in Milbrook and Fairyland Creeks the first week in September, became more and more abundant, and the buds more numerous, uatil about the end of the month. By the middle of October there was a marked falling off in. numbers, and those found were small and with few buds. During the winter only occasional specimens could be found. A recent collection, made on May 14, was a little more successful ; it resulted in eight small specimens without buds. Search has been made for D. seychellensis, as well as for other species here described, in most of the common shore collecting-grounds about Bermuda. In only one locality, besides the creeks mentioned above, has D. seychellensis been obtained, viz., on the shore of Agar’s Island, where at low- tide level a few specimens have been found attached to stones. A careful search with a water-glass upon the reefs at Daniel’s Head Flat failed to reveal any species of Donatia, as have also dredgings in Great Sound. Il. Donatia ingallt (Bowerbank). The two sponges here classified as varieties of D. ingalli do not correspond in all points with previcus descriptions of that species ; but in view of the fact that these descriptions have generally been based upon small numbers of preserved specimens, with no data as to the variations displayed by any one species in its natural habitat throughout the different phases of its reproductive cycle, it seems to me that nothing short of differences in the more fundamental points of internal anatomy warrants the recognition of separate species ; and between Donatia ingali as previously described and the Bermuda varieties there are no differences of this nature. On the other hand, in cases where .both the animals in question are available in the living condition in unlimited numbers, superficial characters, if constant, are a sufficient reason for separating species; on these grounds there can be Species of Donatia (Tethya). 15 no hesitation in recognizing these Bermuda varieties as specifically distinct from the Bermuda Donatia seychellensis, though they possess practically the same spiculation. Variety A.—In the same habitat as has been described for D., seychellensis there was found, a little later in the season, an abundance of bright green spherical sponges slightly larger than D. seychellensis, On the 1st of September, when D. seychellensis was fairly numerous and even beginning to bud, only occasional specimens of the green form were obtained, and it was not until Sept. 18 that the first bud was seen. ‘lhe surface of these sponges is raised into rounded hillocks, which are themselves composed of smaller rounded elevations. ‘lhe cortex is much more fleshy and dense than that of D. seychellensis, and is solid, instead of showing a network of strands between the conules. The colour is uniform over the entire surface, with a slight variation among different individuals from dark bright green to a more nearly olive tint; in alcohol it is pink to light orange. There is a range of diameter from 11 to 32 mm., though specimens larger than 25 mm. are exceptional. The buds are clear bright green, and their form and arrangement are as in D. seychellensis. ‘here are usually either one or two oscula, occasionally three or more, and in case of two or three they have a typical arrangement side by side 1 to 2 cm. apart. They are exceedingly conspicuous structures by reason of the modification ot the conules about the oscula into long plates, which stand up around the opening and may project as much as 1 em. beyond the general surface of the animal. A cross-section of this sponge shows the cortex to have twice the thickness of that of D. seychellensts; it consists of a thin, white, fibrous inner layer and a very thick, fleshy, green layer. ‘lhe choanosome is dark yellow, and has at its centre a white fibrous core about 2°5 mm. in diameter, from which the radiating bundles proceed and spread out beneath the conules. The spicules are in form and size similar to those of D. seychellensis, but differ somewhat from the latter in distribution and especially in the degree of branching of the oxyasters. (1) The megascleres are strongyloxeas, with the ecactine very frequently rounded, and range from 0°35 to 1-6 mm. in length and from 6°6 to 23 w in diameter. (2) Spherasters similar to those of D. seychellensis are fairly frequent in all regions of the sponge and are exceedingly numerous in the cortex. (3) Chtasters are numerous throughout, and especially abundant in the cortex, at the 16 Miss B. B. Crozier on Bermudian periphery of which they form a dense sheet ; in addition to the usual tylote form there are some with oxeate actines. (4) The ovxyasters, as contrasted with those of D. sey- chellensis, are commonly bent, evenly curved, or branched ; they are very abundant throughout the choanosome, but relatively sparse in the cortex, especially its outer layer. Though most abundant upon the eel-grass of tidal creeks, where it assumes a spherical form, D. ingalli variety A hasa wider distribution in Bermuda waters than has D. sey- chellensis, and its form is modified to suit the various localities in which it oceurs. Numerous specimens have been found attached to stones along the shore of Agar’s Island at low- water mark, and these are usually flattened at the base to present a large area of attachment. In extreme cases the sponge is reduced to a hemisphere, or even grows over the edges of small stones, to irregularities in the surface of which it conforms. The anchoring filaments, which appear in D. seychellensis as slender fibres usually but two in number, are here heavy strands or even thick sheets, which grow out from the base of the sponge over its substratum. ‘These sponges have been collected also from stones along the shores of Hungry Bay; while from the shore of Long Island and neighbouring islands have been obtained the largest specimens I have ever seen. They were attached by heavy anchoring strands to the vertical faces of rocks and at depths down to 2 fathoms, as contrasted with the very shallow positions in which all other specimens have appeared. This sponge has been much more frequent than DD). seychellensis throughout the winter, but very sparse and lacking in buds as compared with its profusion and activity during the autumn months. In May it has been found in fair abundance, but with few buds, in the tidal creeks, not raised upon the eel-grass, but resting on the muddy bottom and upon dead shells. Variety B.—Though the two varieties of ). tngalli are identical in most of their important anatomical characters, they are readily distinguished in their natural situations by their different external appearance ; a few constant anatomical differences also permit one to distinguish between them after preservation. In the tidal creeks, on stones at low-water mark, and on the vertical faces of rocks at 2 fathoms depth, variety B occurs with variety A in about the proportion of Lto 12. Its autumn budding-season coincides with that of variety A, and it is likewise fairly abundant upon the muddy bottoms of tidal creeks in early summer ; but in this latter situation its degree of budding is noticeably greater than that te Se oe oe “4 Species of Donatia (Tethya). ae of variety A. It is prune-coloured, varying from purple to brown. In alcohol it is dull light brown with a pinkish cast. It shows less extremes of size than variety A, and has never been found with strongly developed anchoring filaments. The oscula, though of the same general character, are less pronounced, and in most cases their plates do not project conspicuously. The specimens which in the field are distin- guished from variety A by these superficial characters, present upon study of their internal structure two points of difference from the more common green form :—(1) The cortex of variety A consists of a thin fibrous inner layer and a thick fleshy outer layer, while that of variety B, of equally con- spicuous total thickness, is composed of a very thick fibrous innér cortex and a thin outer layer of fleshy material. Upon this point variety B agrees with the description given by Sollas of the cortex of D. ingalli, but both varieties have the great total cortex thickness mentioned by Dendy as charac- terizing the specimens of D. ingalli examined by him. (2) The cortex of variety Bis densely packed with spherasters, a feature which agrees with the condition found by Dendy ; ‘while the cortical spherasters of variety A, though un- doubtedly more numerous than in D. seychellensts, are far from being densely packed. IIf. Donatia lyneurium (auctorum). Donatia lyneurium has apparently not passed through its season of greatest abundance and activity during the period covered by my observations. I have never found a single specimen in the eel-grass of the tidal creeks, and search in other localities has revealed only a few small animals without buds. These were attached to stones at low-water mark along the shore of Agar’s Island. Their colour varies from light yellow to orange, the smaller ones being usually of the lighter hue. They range in diameter from 5 to 20 mm. None have been found attached to the stones by anchoring fibres, but the base is flattened, so that the centre of the radiating structures is not far above the region of attachment. The surface is covered with fine rounded elevations, which in a few of the larger specimens are modified into elongated plates about the oscuium. A specimen of 20 mm. maximum diameter has a cortex 2 mm. thick, which consists of a very thin fibrous inner layer and a thick fleshy outer layer. The choanosome is dark yellow, fading into green at the periphery. There is a large fibrous core at the centre of the radiating bundles. The outer fleshy layer, yellow when the sponge is Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 2 18 Mr. L. B. Prout on new alive, turns light pink in alcohol. There are three kinds of spicules :—(1) Megascleres, usually strongyloxeas, but with the oxeate ends often rounded. (2) Spherasters, 40 to 46 mw in diameter, with a large centrum and thick, unbranched, abruptly pointed actines, of which 6 to 8 are visible in one plane; they are numerous in the cortex and the outer choano- some, but rareelsewhere. (3) Chiasters—usually strongylote but sometimes faintly tylote, and with more than 6 rays—are very numerous throughout the entire sponge and densely packed in the outer half of the choanosome. They range in diameter from 10 to 16 w, and are distinctly larger in the inner half of the choanosome than elsewhere. Pembroke, Bermuda, May 25, 1917. References. Denpy, A. 1905. “ Report on the Sponges collected by Prof. Herdman at Ceylon in 1902.” Report to Government of Ceylon on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar. Suppl. Report 18, pp. 57-246, 16 pls. —-. 1916. “Report on the Homosclerophora and Astrotetraxonida collected by H.M.S. ‘ Sealark’ in the Indian Ocean.” Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. ser. 2, Zool. vol. xvii. pp. 226-271, pls. xliv.—xlviil. Sottas, W. J. 1888. “ Report on the Tetractinellida collected by HI.M.S. ‘ Challenger’ during the Years 1873-76.” Rep. Sci. Res. Voy. H.M.S. ‘Challenger,’ Zoology, vol. xxv., clxvi+458 pp., 45 pls., 1 map. [Appendix II. pp. 411-445, pls. xliii., xliv. | Witson, H. V. 1902. “'The Sponges collected at Porto Rico in 1899 by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer ‘ Fish Hawk.” U.S. Fish Comm. Bull. (1900), Part 2, pp. 875-411. Ill.—New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. By L. B. Prout, F.E.S. Family Lemoniide. 1. Sabalia barnsi, sp. n. 3 .—T4 mm. Similar to jackson?, EK. M. Sharpe (Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) v. p. 443, 1890), British East Africa, of which it may possibly be a subspecies. Abdomen beneath with the proximal segments more heavily blackened. Fore wing slightly narrower ; antemedian line (bar) thicker ; no appreciable black dusting in the interspaces between R# and M'; premarginal black band broader ; proximal half of abdominal margin not blackened. —- Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 19 Ffind wing with premarginal black band broadened distally so as to reduce the spots of the ground-colour by half or more as compared with jacksont. Chambezi Valley, Karunga River, 4500 feet, Jan. 1917 (S. A. Barns), type in coll. Joicey. Also ashort series from 150-200 miles W. of Kambove, 3500-4500 feet, 9th-11th Oct. 1907 (S. A. Neave), in coll. Brit. Mus. Neither of the descriptions of Karsch’s species (tppels- kirchi, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xxiv. p. 293; filleborni, id. ibid. XXvi. p. 354) can refer to this species ; in the latter the fore wing is wholly black in the cell, etc.; the former may probably be nearer, but—apart from its considerably larger size—lacks the pale patagia. The structure of the fore legs will need closer attention than I have been able to give; in the type-specimen of barns? they are lost. Family Geometride. Subfamily Heurrzery 2. 2. Comibena hypolampes, sp. n. 3 .—30 mm. Head white, the crown somewhat mixed with green, the palpus on the sides with brownish. Antennal pectinations not quite so long as inchalybeata, Moore. (Body discoloured in relaxing.) Fore wing with SCt free, SC? arising considerably before SC®; bright green, finely strigulated and irrorated with white ; costal edge narrowly white ; two broad white trans- verse lines, the first straight, at about 5 mm. from base ; the second slightly curved near costa (8 mm. from apex), then nearly straight to hind margin near tornus; some slight white clouding in distal area; no terminal line; fringe white. Flind wing with frenulum slender; termen nearly rounded, a little straighter between the radials; SC? very shortly stalked, M* nearly connate; costal area white, the rest con- colorous with fore wing; otherwise unmarked except by a very fine white line close to termen as in Luchloris smarag- daria or chlorophyllaria. Fore wing beneath bright green, posteriorly nearly white, and with some white admixture in distal area; first line slight, second strongly developed ; hind wing beneath green, with white irroration and strigulation, postmedian line of fore wing continued, bluntly bent at R*. Vrianatong, Tibet. Perhaps nearest latilinea, Prout, but quite different in the 9% 20 Mr. L. B. Prout on new absence of red terminal line, the presence of white subterminal on hind wing, ete. Subfamily Srzrrur7. 3. Semaopus ciliata, sp. n. go .—35 mm. Head light reddish brown, the face becoming pale buff below. Palpus pale buff, marked with dark reddish brown on outer side. Antenna dentate, with rather long fascicles of cilia. Hind tibia and tarsus distorted, with masses of buff and pink hair and a single spur, much as in ¢ndignaria, Guen. Fore wing with SC? from cell, R? from very slightly before middle of DC; pinkish buff, very finely dusted with grey ; lines grey or ee -grey, very’ fine ; antemedian straight and rather oblique from one-third hind margin, obsolete in front of SC; median straight, parallel with termen at 5 mm. therefrom; postmedian strongly sinuous ; cell-spot small, black, white-pupilled ; terminal line not interrupted; fringe concolorous, usually with very feeble and minute dark dots at base opposite the veins. Hind wing with termen almost smooth ; antemedian fue wanting ; median slightly or very slightly bent in middle postmedian less deeply sinuate than on fore wing. Underside with similar markings, the antemedian line always wanting; the median on the hind wing weak or wanting ; postmedian forming slight teeth on the veins ; terminal line slightly thickened or even forming distinct dots between the veins; cell-dots small, not white- pupilled. Chiriqui, Panama ( (Arcé), type in coll. Joicey. Sapucay, Paraguay (W. Foster), in coll. Brit. Mus. and Tring Mus. Tijuea, Brazil, in coll. Tring Mus. Marvellously like the species which passes as indignaria, Guen. (though not agreeing very well with his description), which, however, has the antenna pectinate. Otherwise I can see no essential difference, though the cell-spots are in general — minute. It should be added that if Guenée was in error regarding his locality (which he gives as “ Brazil?”’), his description would lead one to identify his ¢ndignaria with absconditaria, Walk., List Lep. Ins. xxvi. p. 1488, from Haiti and Cuba. 4. Semwopus smitht, sp. n. ¢ .—34 mm. Head and body mostly concolorous with wings, the face Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 2E and collar somewhat paler; palpus mostly dark red on outer side, whitish beneath, terminal joint very short. Antenna with moderate fascicles of cilia. Hind tibia and tarsus with strong tufts, mostly light-coloured ; abdomen with lateral tuft somewhat developed. Fore wing with termen smooth ; SC? about connate with SC3-5; rather glossy buff-pink, with extremely fine grey (in some lights slightly olive-tinged) irroration ; costal margin more sliglitly irrorated ; lines formed by condensation of the irroration, moderately well developed; antemedian rather weak at costal extremity, oblique outward, weakly bent in middle of cell, then very slightly sinuous to hind margin at three-sevenths, cell-spot annular, grey with a few whitish scales, its circumscription blackish ; median line in the ante- rior half parallel with postmedian, midway between this and cell-spot, strongly oblique inwards from M? to behind M?, reaching hind margin at about three-fifths; postmedian sinuous, on the veins dentate outward ; nearest the termen at SC®-R? and R*—M!, strongly inbent behind M’; terminal line extremely fine and weak (almost obsolete). Hind wing with termen smooth, SC? separate ; antemedian line wanting, median rather weaker than on fore wing. Ouderside much paler and rather more ochreous, the poste- rior part of fore wing and much of hind wing (except costal and distal regions) whitish with some iridescence ; fore wing with costal margin red from near base to well beyond middle and with traces of postmedian line on anterior part, otherwise almost without markings. Colombia F. H. Smith), without more exact locality, taken in June. 5. Semeopus preptocycla, sp. n. 3 .—26 mm. Head and body concolorous with wings. Fore wing chocolate-brown, with fine, sparse, and quite inconspicuous black irroration ; lines light brownish; ante- median fine and oblique outwards from two-sevenths costa, rather acutely angulated at SC, then almost straight to about two-fifths hind margin, very finely and slightly dark-edged distally ; postmedian slightly less oblique than termen, not quite 3 mm. distant therefrom, forming a very gentle curve anteriorly, very finely and slightly dark-edged proximally ; a large round black cell-spot (fully 1 mm. in diameter) with minute pale grey pupil; termen with triangular dots between the veins. Flind wing the same, without antemedian line. bo bo Mr. L. B. Prout on new Underside paler ; cell-spots smaller, less deep black ; post- median line present, but very weak. Peruvian Amazons: Rio Ampiyacu, Putumayo, type in coll. Joicey; Rio Pacaya, July 1912, in coll. Brit. Mus., presented by J. J.Joicey. Also in coll. Tring Mus. from Palma Sola, Venezuela; Fonte Boa, Upper Amazons ; Pal- cazu, K. Peru ; and Yahuarmayo, 8. Peru. 6. Ptochophyle ozophanes, sp. n. 3 .—20 mm. Face and palpus whitish, mixed with yellow and vinaceous. Vertex yellow. Antenna whitish, strongly mixed with vina- ceous. Occiput vinaceous. Thorax and abdomen concolorous with wings. Fore wing with areole small, all the subcostals rather long- stalked, SC* arising first; pale lemon-yellow, so strongly nrorated with vinaceous or reddish as to make the colour appear dull orange, leaving somewhat less heavily irrorated areas here and there ; distal area slightly tinged with dull purplish ; cell-spot grey, large but not strong; a slightly interrupted and irregular yellow line 2°5 mm. from and parallel with termen, thickened considerably between the radials and throwing out a tapering projection distally between KY? and R?; fringe chequered. Hind wing with termen subcrenulate, slightly toothed at KR? ; SC? and M! very shortly stalked; slightly darker in distal part than in proximal; a thick yellow line from abdo- minal margin just beyond middle, running in direction of apex, but terminating about R?, throwing out 4 small distal branch just in front of R*,a very slender proximal branch at its anterior end, and a thick bifurcating proximal branch about R* and forwards ; a yellow subterminal spot or dash about Rh? ; fringe chequered. Underside glossy whitish yellow; fore wing with vague vinaceous suffusions, leaving free most of the hind-marginal area and a broad but ill-defined postmedian band; hind wing with still slighter suffusions, chiefly in distal half. Perak, 2000-3000 feet (W. Doherty). 7. Ptochophyle dipyramida, sp. n. 9 .—27 mm. Face whitish yellow. Vertex vinaceous. Occiput mixed yellow and vinaceous. Antenna whitish yellow, strongly shaded above with vinaceous ; inner side with mere teeth, outer with very short stout pectinations. Thorax and abdo- men above vinaceous, beneath cream-buff. Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 23 Fore wing with areole small, SC? arising before SC*®, M* separate ; vinaceous cinnamon to vinaceous; in costal region vaguely mottled with yellowish, in proximal part of cell and near base posteriorly with some bright yellow mottling ; an irregularly pyramidal patch beyond cell and another from tornus, their apices closely approximated at M’, the base of the former on SC® ; a small yellow mark at termen in front of R’, a second in front of M* (adjoining the tornal pyramid) ; minute red terminal dots on the yellow parts; fringe yellow, with a slight vinaceous mark between R? and M}. . flind wing with termen slightly bent at SC’, almost right- angled at R*, subcrenulate posteriorly ; SC? and R! very shortly stalked, M* barely stalked; unicolorous, with two dark vaguely connected dots on the discocellulars ; fringe yellow, opposite R$ vinaceous. Underside paler, with the pyramids, terminal spots, and fringes whitish ; costal margin of both wings pale, at least proximally ; bases mixed with very pale yellow. Tenasserim Valley, E. of Tavoy, Burma (Doherty). Belongs to the Heteroctenis section (Meyr., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1897, p. 72). 8. Ptochophyle anisocosma, sp. n. 9.—20 mm. ‘ Head and thorax deep red, mixed with blackish ; abdomen dorsally brighter lake-red, laterally yellowish, dorsally pale. Fore wing with SC! arising before SC*, lake-red mostly irrorated with blackish fuscous, the irroration strong proxi- mally (especially anteriorly), becoming slight distally ; an elongate yellow spot between the radials, well beyond the cell; a yellow dot at KR? between this and termen ; slight yellow costal irroration near apex ; a narrow yellow distal border, interrupted by the ground-colour between R? and M* and more slightly at apex, tornus, and M?; a few minute red terminal dots anteriorly ; fringe yellow, mixed with lake-red between R® and M’. Hind wing with termen only feebly bent at R? ; DC slender, oblique, SC? barely stalked, M* about connate ; without the dark irroration ; a small yellow spot in end of cell; two interrupted bands of larger irregular postmedian spots, the proximal consisting of one between SC? and R? (connected posteriorly with the distal by a thin oblique mark) and one between M?! and tornus, the distal continuous from C to M?, mostly narrow anteriorly, broad behind R?; yellow border still narrower than on fore wing. 24 Mr. L. B. Prout on new Underside paler, similarly marked, costal region of hind wing pale yellowish except towards apex. Sungei Ujong, Malay Peninsula (Durnford). 9. Ptochophyle vinosa, sp. n. 2 .—22 mm. Head and body above concolorous with wings ; face whitish, vinaceous below; vertex whitish, yellow between the antenne; beneath, with the legs, predominantly whitish. Fore wing with termen scarcely oblique in anterior half, curving so as to become very strongly so posteriorly ; areole small, SC* arising before SC°; vinaceous, very densely irrorated with bluish, giving it a lilacine tone; markings pale yellow; a subtriangular costal spot at one-fifth ; an exceedingly slender streak along costa before middle ; a much broader one beyond middle, from the anterior end of which a narrow iregular band runs across the wing to tornus, stronely constricted at M?, then widened into a tornal patch ; some interneural subterminal dots, that between SCO? and R} farthest from termen 3 some irregular, partly elongate or confluent, terminal spots ; fringe yellow, marked with lilacine opposite R%. Hind wing rather elongate, with termen curved, strongly bent at R?; DC oblique, SC? short-stalked, M! about connate ; lilaeine with terminal spots and fringe (except opposite R*) yellow. Underside paler ; fore wing at base and along most of hind margin whitish ; costal margin mixed with yellowish ; otherwise as above. N. Borneo (Pryer), type %, Elopura, off N. Borneo (Breyer), both in coll. Joicey. Specimens which are probably the g to this (* Borneo” and Sandakan) stand in coll. Brit. Mus. under the MS. name of vinosa, Warr.; they are strongly mottled with yellow in the central area of the fore wing and throughout the hind wing, and have a more or less complete, though narrower, antemedian band, arising in the cell, but slenderly connected with the posterior extremity of the first costal’ spot. The sexual difference would be somewhat analogous, though not strictly parallel, to that obtaining in permutans, Hamps. (Ill. Het. viii. p. 123), and in togata, F. (Supp. Ent. p. 454) = amenaria, Snell. (Tijd. Ent. xxxii. p. 222)=auricincta, Hamps. (Ill. Het. ix. p. 149), of which latter deviaria, Walk. (List Lep. Ins. xxii. p. 664), must surely, by analogy with permutans, be the @. Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. “25 10. Cosymbia dyschroa, sp. n. 9 .—24 mm. Face pale olive. Palpus nearly twice as long as diameter of eye, third joint slender,.about half as long as diameter of eye; pale olive above (third joint marrowly darkened), rather paler beneath ; crown, thorax, and abdomen concolorous, the vertex very narrowly white in front. Fore wing rather broad, apex acute, minutely produced, termen nearly straight, tornus pronounced; glossy smoke- grey with a slight olive tinge, somewhat sprinkled with bluish-silvery scales ; costal region with some purplish dots, mostly very minute, a few on the margin itself (especially near apex) less so; lines indicated by dark vein-dots ; ante- median outbent in middle, only the dots on M and SM well developed ; postmedian from beyond two-thirds costa, very gently excurved in anterior half and incurved in posterior ; cell-spot elongate but small, white, very slightly dark-edged ; traces of a very faint greyish median shade beyond it, curved parallel with postmedian; terminal line dull purple, very slightly lunulate, appearing more so on account of the slight interruption at vein-ends and confluence with small con- colorous dots at base of fringe opposite the veins; fringe otherwise cream-buff. Hind wing with apex rectangular, termen bent at R?; nearly as fore wing ; circumscription of cell-spot stronger, median shade straighter, touching the cell-spot. Both wings beneath paler, inclining to bluish white; fore wing except posteriorly, hind wing at apex only, flushed with pink ; a white cell-dot indicated on both wings, a row of small weak postmedian dots on fore wing only. Caparo, W. Trinidad (/. Birch). The coloration recalls Zalissolepis violacearia, Guen. (Spec. Gén. Lép. ix. p. 386), more than any other known Cosymbia. 11. Pisoraea diplosticta, sp. n. 3 .—32 mm. Face dull reddish. Palpus fully twice as long as diameter of eye, with third joint long ; red above, whitish ochreous beneath. Vertex and antennal shaft whitish ochreous, some- what spotted with reddish. Thorax and abdomen nearly concolorous with wings, the abdomen somewhat redder above. Hind femur fringed with fine whitish hair beneath ; hind tibia with the proximal spur short. Fore wing with areole rather small; pinkish buff with a 26. Mr. L. B. Prout on new very slight (at costal margin rather thicker and greyer) darker uroration ; lines weak, vaguely greyish ; antemedian at little beyond one-fourth, somewhat excurved and sinuous, chiefly indicated by dark dots on the veins, median shade broader, lunulate-dentate, arising at about three-fifths costa, incurved between M! and SM’; postmedian fine, shallowly lunulate, but scarcely traceable except on the veins, where it is marked by strong black dots (very slightly elongate) at about 2°5 mm. from termen, slightly incurved at costa ; cell-mark slightly raised, very feeble, elongate, very slightly and in- completely dark-edged; both the series of terminal dots sharply expressed, those on the veins smaller than those between; fringe slightly more ochreous proximally. Hind wing with termen slightly waved ; SC? just stalked (type) to just separate; similar to fore wing, the cell-dot whiter, less elongate, more strongly’ dark-ed ged. Underside of fore wing more flesh-coloured, at hind margin whitish, of hind wing whitish, mixed with flesh-colour distally ; fore wing with median shade faintly traceable in flesh-colour ; both wings with flesh-coloured postmedian line, marked with brown dots on the veins ; terminal dots deve- loped, the interneural rather less black and more diffuse than above. Bitje, Ja River, Cameroons, 2000 feet, dry season (G@. L. Bates), type in coll. Joicey. A g from the same locality and two from Lake Azingo, Gaboon, in coll. Tring Mus. I do not think this can be a local race of ewcarta, Guen.= deremptaria, Walk., from South Africa, which has the cell- mark of fore wing smaller and rounder, but of which no good specimens are accessible to me. If, as I suspect, lyciscaria, Guen.=bitactata, Walk., is an aberration of the latter, it appears to have the hind femur glabrous or nearly so. 12. Hamalia apiozona, sp. n. 2? .—22 mm. Head and body cream-buff ; palpus darkened on outer side; thorax and abdomen dorsally with some darker ad- mixture, a brown belt at base of abdomen. Fore wing rather narrow, termen oblique, smooth, nearly straight ; SC? arising well before end of cell ; white, mostly covered with light pinkish-buff markings ; a very strongly outbent white line at one-fourth (accompanied by some whitish shading proximally), bounding the median area proximally ; median area forming a very broad band, of which the distal edge is very acutely angulated outwards on Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 27 R', here (and nearly to R*) confluent with the proximal shading of subterminal line, posteriorly more oblique than termen, reaching hind margin at middle ; a minute dark cell- dot at base of R?; subterminal line white, with irregular brown shadings on both sides, slightly oblique inwards at costa, then forming a deep outward curve (with its extremity on R?), slightly inbent before R*, sinuate inwards between M? and SM’; a rather conspicuous subtriangular white spot close to apex ; dark dots at termen before and behind R’, accompanied proximally by small white wedges; the poste- rior part of terminal area irregularly mixed with light violet- grey and (towards tornus) blackish ; fringe pale brownish, unmarked, Hind wing rather narrow, termen rounded anteriorly, then almost straight; a rather strong subbasal brown band; median band very feeble and ill-defined, separated from a better expressed brown submarginal band by a white shade ; a very narrow white distal border, marked at apex with a brown dash and between some of the veins with brown dots ; fringe unmarked. Underside whitish, the hind wing almost unmarked, the fore wing becoming browner anteriorly, and with a dark brown terminal border from tornus to R1, becoming lighter brown and subterminal anteriorly. Rio Derg, Brazil, type in coll. Joicey. Rio Janeiro, para- type in coll. Brit. Mus. 13. Pigia flexistrigata extensa, subsp. n. 3 .—25-27 mm. Much larger than flexistrigata fleaistrigata, relatively longer-winged (termen of fore wing more oblique), underside less sharply marked, with median line of hind wing obsolete. Carabaya, S.E. Peru: Oconeque, 7000 feet, Feb. 1905 (G. Ockenden), type in coll. Joicey; July 1904 (dry season), 1 g in coll. Tring Mus.; Santo Domingo, Nov. 1902 (wet), 1 $ in coll. Tring Mus. Possibly a separate species. Except in the angulated hind wing this species (described by Warren, Nov. Zool. vii. p. 150, as a Craspedia) does not differ in material characters from Pigia (type tergeminaria, H.-Sch.=microniata, Walk.). 14, Antitrygodes callibotrys, sp. n. 3 .—d6 mm. I'ace and outer side of palpus light reddish brown. Head, 28 Mr. L. B. Prout on new thorax, and abdomen concolorous with wings, the upperside of thorax with the black speckling rather copious, of abdomen with a few small brown spots. Antenna with short pectina- tions, at least as long as diameter of shaft, surmounted by strong fascicles of cilia. Hind tibia thick, with dark hair- pencil ; tarsus scarcely one-half as long, tapering. Abdomen with lateral tufts not strong. Fore wing with SC! well free, not even bending towards SC?-5, R* from before middle of DC; flesh-colour with a Vinaceous tinge; proximal part with black speckling, distal with exceedingly fine, scarcely noticeable, olive-green irrora- tion; first line light brown, speckled with black, sinuous, posteriorly oblique outwards; median area with the cluster of olive-green spots large, partly black-edged, distally again very finely whitish-margined ; an elongate black cell-mark amongst them, attenuated in its middie, followed by a black dot at bifurcation of R® and M!; postmedian line light brown, oblique outwards from three-fifths costa, strongly bent at R}, then approximately parallel with termen ; submarginal line rather darker, slenderer, sinuous, followed distally by bi- partite olive-green spots between the radials and between M? and SM?; terminal line scarcely interrupted, slightly thickened between the veins; fringe tipped with brown, a fine whitish line at base. Hind wing with termen very feebly crenulate, with a just appreciable angle at K'; first line wanting, green central spots corresponding to those of fore wing, the posterior ones (between M* and SM’) smaller, not reaching beyond fold ; postmedian line not bent at R*; subterminal nearly as on fore wing ; submarginal spot between radials reduced to a small triangular or V-shaped mark on R?, subtornal nearly obsolete. Both wings beneath with postmedian, subterminal, and terminal lines well developed. Upper Kasai district, Congo Free State (/. Landbeck), type in coll. Joicey. Entebbe, Uganda (Z. A. Minchin), paratype (¢) in coll. Brit. Mus. Apart from the difference in markings, this is distinguished at once from dentilinea, Warr., by the venation and the pectinate ¢ antenna. I have elsewhere (Mitt. Deutsch. Ent. Mus. iii. p. 241) noticed the frequent loss of the areole in A. divisaria divisaria, Walk., and may add that I have found the same phenomenon in A. agrata, Feld., and A. parvi- macula, Warr. ; but in these cases SC! still approaches SC? at the point where the distal wall of the areole is normally formed, whereas in cadlibotrys—and often in vicina, Th.-Mieg, from the Khasis, possibly a race of agrata—it runs parallel. Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. 29 15. Meltasiopsis trichroa, sp. n. 9 .—20 mm. Face blackish; palpus pale beneath. Vertex narrowly yellowish ; occiput mixed with blackish ; collar rosy. Thorax and abdomen yellow, much mixed with rosy above. Fore wing with SC? arising from cell; glossy yellow ; proximal area, as far as the oblique, somewhat sinuous ante- median line (or band), predominantly peach-blossom pink, costal margin broadly but not very definitely suffused with pink, in proximal part also slightly with dark purple-grey ; median pink line thickest anteriorly, slightly sinuous ; post- median irregular, bent outwards to M1, interrupted between the medians, thick behind M’, partly confluent with a pink tornal spot ; some slight pink apical suffusions ; just proximal to the antemedian line in the cell is placed a small blackish- slate spot, on the anterior half of the postmedian band a similarly coloured line; fringe pale yellow. Hind wing with termen shallowly sinuate between the radials, slightly toothed at ends of veins; SC?-~R1 moderately stalked ; proximal half yellow with ill-defined sinuous ante- median and median lines, distal half predominantly pink, but with irregular spots of the ground-colour, suggesting a sinuous or dentate transverse band; fringe pale yellow. Underside somewhat paler yellow with similar but weaker markings, the antemedian and median lines of hind wing obsolete behind cell, the distal pink shading of hind wing much feebler, suggesting two thick sinuous lines. Bonda, Colombia, 150 feet (A. H. Smith), type and another in coll. Joicey. Suggestive of radaria, Schs., and other pink-and-yellow species, but with the superimposed purple-grey markings charactetistic. 16. Ptychopoda complexaria amazonensis, subsp. n. Somatina eburneata? (part.), Butl., Tr. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1881, p. 340 (indeser.), nec Guen. Differs from complezaria complewaria, Schs. (Tr. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxvii. p. 257), S.H. Peru, in lacking the black spots on abdomen, in having the spots of the proximal half of ' fore wing reduced in size, those at the end of the cell united into a ring, the subterminal spots well defined between the radials, and generally between R® and M?, as well as at hind margin. Abdomen more or less strongly belted with ochreous brown. Contamama, Rio Ucayali, Peruvian Amazons, Oct.-Dec., 30 Mr. L. B. Prout on new type in coll. Joicey. Rio Pacaya, Peru, July 1913, 1 3 in coll. Brit. Mus. (presented by J. J. Joicey). Urucaca, Rio Jurua, Amazons, November 9th, 1874, 1 ¢ in coll. Brit. Mus. (Butl. l.c.). Fonte Boa, Upper Amazon, July 1906 and July 1907 (Klages), in coll. Tring Mus. 17. Ptychopoda deliloides, sp. n. 3d .—15 mm. K'ace and upperside of palpus black. Vertex and base of antenna white; ciliation rather short. Occiput walnut- brown. Thorax above reddish, anteriorly mixed with black, posteriorly with white; abdomen above reddish, somewhat mixed with white, especially towards anal end. Hind tibia rather large, thick and tufted, tarsus strongly abbreviated. Fore wing with areole moderate’‘or rather long, rather narrow, all the subcostals stalked from its apex; mostly walnut-brown, with fine white irroration; base of costa blackish, the white scaling strong in the rest of the proximal area, developing into an ill-defined white line at the edge of the median area, which runs very obliquely outwards from costa, is acutely angulated subcostally, and then very oblique inwards to hind margin; median area very broad, costally mixed with white, its edges slightly darkened; an indistinct dark cell-mark and traces of a dark median line near to and parallel with the antemedian, but not angulated subcostally, touching the cell-mark ; a very irregular white line distally to the median area, angulated at R*, slightly sinuate inwards between R! and R’, very near the termen between R® and M?, rather deeply sinuate inwards between M? and SM’, again angulated on SM?; a white subapical and slighter central suffusion distally ; a white line close to termen, slightly receding therefrom at costa; a dark terminal line; fringe whitish brown or almost white, with darker and redder spots opposite the veins. Hind wing with SC? and R! quite shortly stalked; red nearly to base; two white distal lines corresponding to those of fore wing ; terminal line and fringe as on fore wing. Fore wing beneath almost entirely suffused with vinaceous, hind wing partly rosy but generally more mixed with white, especially posteriorly and towards distal margin, where a rosy line remains observable between the two white lines of the upperside. Pozuzo, EH. Peru (J. £gg). Type in coll. Joicey, others in coll. Tring Mus. Also occurs in Colombia, Ecuador, Bolivia, French Guiana, and Amazons. Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection. at Except in the less glossy wings more recalls the adela group of Hamalia (especially della, Schs., Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) ix. p. 430, as Dithadama) than any Ptych o- poda with which I can compare it. 18. Flavinia stenochora, sp. n. 2 .—37 mm. Head black, narrowly white round the eye. Palpus short. Body black, the abdomen with an interrupted yellow stripe on the side and white line beneath. Fore wing with areole single, narrow, in one example almost suppressed ; DC? oblique, R? arising near (in the type even close to) R*, M! widely separate, black, with the proximal yellow patch narrow, not crossing M or SM?; subapical yellow patch rather broad ; fringe black. Hind wing rather elongate ; yellow, with rather broad black borders, the abdominal tapering to a point proximally, the anterior crossing SC, so as to enter the cell, but distally thereto bounded -by the stalk of SC? and R’. Underside similar, the fore wing with a yellow posterior streak in proximal part of cell. Minas Geraes, Brazil, type in coll. Joicey, ex. coll. Gr.- Sm. 2 9 9 from the Milne collection, without locality, have for more than’half a century stood in coll. Brit. Mus., originally mixed by Walker among his approaimans, List hep; Ins. 1. p. 370. (tsis, Hb:). Perhaps near dubia, Schs., distinguished by the venation, by the proximal patch of fore wing not entering the cell, the white line on venter, yellow streak on cell of fore wing beneath, etc. The exceptional position of R’* of fore wing —hitherto only known, in this family, in a few Geometrine and one or two Larentiinee—may betoken generic divergence. Subfamily Larewrrrvz. 19. Mennis ficulnea albifera, subsp. n. 3 .—34-37 mm. Smaller than feulnea ficulnea from Keuador, ground-colour redder, distal borders generally broadened ; fore wing with a more or less extended white posterior patch, commencing at a point close to base, broadening rapidly, bounded distally by the black border ; hind wing also frequently with some whitish shading between the ground-colour and the border posteriorly. 32 On new Lepidoptera in the Joicey Cotlection. Charape, River Tabaconas, N. Peru, 4000 feet, 1912, the more exactly labelled specimens dated Sept.-Oct. (4. & LF. Pratt). Subfamily Gzomerrivz. 20. Cleora clarivenata, sp. 0. 3 .—)4 mm. Face flat. Palpus rather short and stout, with moderately appressed scales. ‘Tongue slight. Antennal pectinations very long, continuing to near apex. Pectus strongly hairy. (Hind legs lost.) Head and body concolorous with wings, the abdomen with ochreous anal tuft and with indications of white distal edgings to the segments above, only the first distinct. ; Fore wing with fovea slight; SC!~? moderately long- stalked, separating about opposite the branching of SC’, not connected with C or SC*; Prout’s brown, with some of thie veins (especially M, Rt, R*, M’, the end of SC*, and, more finely, M?) yellowish white ; lines yellowish white ; ante- median acutely angulated inwards close to costa, then forming an outward curve or bend, from M strongly oblique inwards to hind margin near base; postmedian about 3 mm. from termen, nearly parallel therewith, very slightly approaching it at hind margin. Hind wing with termen weakly subcrenulate ; similar to fore wing ; SM® also whitened; antemedian line wanting ; postmedian slightly bent at radial fold. Underside slightly paler, without white veins ; antemedian line wanting, postmedian a little less strong than above. Upper Kasai River, Congo Free State (Ff. Landbeck). 21. Calihistia grandis latiplaga, subsp. n. Yellow band of hind wing considerably widened, at abdominal margin generally measuring 11 mm., never less than 9 mm., its form in the ¢ almost quadrate, its anterior boundary in the ¢ (in front of the second subcostal vein) 7-9 mm. long. Mysol, foothills, 100-200 feet, Oct.—-Nov. 1916, wet season (W. J. C. Frost), type and another ¢,6 ¢ @. On the Squirrels hitherto referred to Paraxerus. 33 1V.—On the Striped Squirrels hitherto referred to the Genus Paraxerus. By OLDFIELD THOMAS. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Tue genus Pararerus, as restricted in my paper on the genera of African Sciuride*, contains two superficially distinct sets of species—those of uniform colour, or, at most, with an indistinct whitish line down each side of the back, and those with four conspicuous black bands down the dorsal area with white or yellowish lines between them. In connection with an examination of some striped squirrels brought by Major Christy from the Bahr-el-Ghazal, I have again studied the skulls of the members of these two groups, and find that there are certain cranial and dental characters by which they can in all cases be distinguished from each other. It would, therefore, appear convenient that groups so conspicuously different externally should be separated generi- cally. ‘The unstriped species will therefore bear the name of Paraxerus, with P. cepapi as genotype, while those that are striped may form the following new genus :— TAMISOUS, gen. nov. Dorsal surface conspicuously black-striped. Skull on the whole as in Paraxerus, with similar short muzzle. Anteorbital foramen forming a high narrow slit, that of Parazerus more subtriangular, broader at base. Teeth. Incisors generally thrown more forwards, those of Paraverus forming an angle with the tooth-row of about 80° (75° to 85°), while those of Yamiscus are usually about 90° more or less, attaining 100° in the type of 7. vulcanorum. The terminal wearing-edge notched, very much as in Mus, those of Parazerus being quite normal, as in Rattus. Molars less hypsodont, the crowns more abruptly marked off from the roots. Looking at these teeth from the inner side, the large internal root is narrow, well-spaced from its neighbours on each side, and abruptly broadens out above at the crown. In Paraxerus, on the other hand, this root is proportionally larger below, so as more nearly to approach its neighbours, and quite gradually broadens upwards to the crown. Owing to the greater size of the roots in Parazerus, their tips are more generally visible on the upper side of tlie maxillary than in Tamiscus. Genotype. Tumiscus emint (Sciurus emini, Stuhlm.). * Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) iii, p. 467 (1909). t+ Two only in alexandri. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 3 34 Mr. O. Thomas on the Striped Squirrels The forms referable to this genus appear to be as follows :— 1. Tamiscus béhmi, Reich. Sciurus boehmi, Reich. Zool. Anz. ix. p. 815 (1886). Dark lines on back not deep black, but lightened by inter- mixed greyish or buffy hairs. Edges of ears lighter than general colour of head. Marungu (Bohm), Mweru (Sir A. Sharpe). 2. Tamiscus emini, Stuhlm. Scturus emint, Stuhlm. Mit Emin Pascha, p. 320 (1894). Dark lines of back strongly contrasted glossy black. ee of ears (proectote and antitragus) not lighter than rest leads: ; a small whitish patch behind them. eee not specially thrown forwards; comparatively thick, about 1:6 mm. in antero-posterior diameter at their exit from the base in adult specimens. 2a. Tamiscus emini emini. Sciurus emini ugande, Neum. SB. Ges. Nat. Berl. 1902, p. 180. General colour strong olivaceous. Dark stripes variable in breadth, the outer ones well marked, well over 2 inches in length. Semliki River (Stuhlmann, Carruthers) (type-locality) ; Congo area westwards to the Ubanghi (Boyd Alexander), Welle and Ituri Rivers (Hmin, Boyd Alevander, Christy, and others), Ruwenzori and Fort Portal (Woosnam), Unyoro (Ansorge), Businde, Uganda (Blaine), Entebbe (Jackson), Kampala (Neumann). I fail to find any distinction between the series from the Congo area and those from Uganda. The breadth of the dorsal stripes, used by Neumann to characterize his subspecies ugande, proves to be absolutely variable in every locality, as also do the sizes of the teeth and the bowing of the skull, in which respects differences are observable between different specimens. 2b. Tamiscus emint gazelle, subsp. n. General colour of true emini, but body- colour much paler and greyer. Flavks near “dull citrine” of Ridgway, head and shoulders rather greyer. Proectote of ears coloured quite like the crown, but the edge of the antitragus may be a little lighter. Dark dorsal lines reduced in “extent, the outer narrower and shorter, little more than an inch in length. hitherto referred to the Genus Paraxerus. 35 Under surface greyish, with but little olive infusion, Tail slender, its edges ochraceous yellow. Hind foot of type 30 mm. Skull: greatest length 35°5; upper tooth-series exclusive of p® 5°7. flab. Meridi, Bahr-el-Ghazal. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 17.10.4.4. Original number 5. Collected January 1916 and presented by Major Cuthbert Christy. Four specimens. A paler northern form of TY. emin?. The genus had not been previously recorded from the Nile drainage-area. 3. Tamiscus vulcanorum, sp. n. Size rather smaller than in J. emini. General colour rather brighter and more yellowish olivaceous, with strongly contrasted stripes. Edges of ears (proectote and antitragus) lighter than general colour of head. No white spot on sides ot neck behind ears. Incigors slenderer than in 7. emtni, their antero-posterior diameter about 1-4 mm.; generally more proodont * than in emini. Molars small. The members of Tamiscus from Ruwenzori southwards, as represented by specimens from three different places, all differ from 7’. emini by their light-edged ears and certain other characters which indicate differences from that animal. But while the specimens from each locality are closely similar inter se, it is difficult to name any character except that of the ears which will distinguish the whole of them from emind. Further material from their somewhat inaccessible habitats will be needed before their true relationships can be worked out; but I would provisionally consider them as one species with three subspecies, as follows :— 3a. Tamiscus vulcanorum vulcanorum. Fur long, soft, and rich; axillary patches not naked, practically hidden by thin fur. General colour of head aud flanks near “ dull citrine.”” Black stripes glossy black, the inner pair broad, broader than the yellowish median line between them; the outer pair narrow, little developed, shorter both in front and behind than the white stripes internal to them. Under surface washed with yellowish green (‘“ pyrite yellow”). * The words proodont, orthodont, and opisthodont (on the analogy of prognathous &c.) might be suggested to express the set of rodent incisors, thrown forward, upright, or turned in backwards respectively. Q* 36 Mr. O. Thomas on the Striped Squirrels Incisors slender, proodont (93° to 100°). Molars very small. Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :— Head and body 135 mm.; tail 116; hind foot 35; ear 14, Skull: greatest length 36; condylo-incisive length 32:8; upper tooth-series exclusive of p49. Hab, (of type). Buhamba, near Lake Kivu, in Belgian Congo. Alt. 6500’. Other specimens from Burunga, Mt. Mikeno. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 11.12.3.64. Original number 2194, Collected 4th June, 1911, by Robin Kemp. Jfour specimens. 3b. Tamiscus vulcanorum lunaris, subsp. n. Fur less long and soft than in vuleanorum. General colour of head and sides dark greyish olive, duller and more smoky than in other forms, Dorsal dark stripes not glossy black, but mingled with greyish, the inner pair narrower than the comparatively broad yellowish median band between them ; outer dark lines little conspicuous. Under surface washed with yellowish olive. Incisors proodont, slender. Molars small. Dimensions of type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 125 mm.; tail 154; hind foot 33; ear 16. Skull: greatest length 36°5 ; condylo-incisive length 32°5 ; upper tooth-series exclusive of p? 5:3. Hab. Ruwenzori East (Mubuku Valley). Alt. 6500’. Lope Adult male.”. .B.M. no.76) 7.4). 54; 9 Ofioinal number 264. Collected 7th February, 1906, by Doug! as Carruthers. Presented by the Ruwenzori Exploration Committee. ‘Two specimens. This animal was obtained halfway up Mount Ruwenzori, side by side with specimens referable to 7. emini. It will probably prove to be a mountain-form occurring upwards from that altitude, at which it just meets the common species of the lower levels. 3c. Tamiscus vulcanorum tanganyike, subsp. n. Fur not so Jong as in true vulcanorum ; axillary patches large, quite naked. General colour as in vulcanorum, or even slightly lighter. Dark dorsal stripes glossy black, the inner ones broader than the very narrow median yellowish line ; outer ones narrow, but extending the full length of the white lines internal to them. Hdges of ears not so conspicuously d 7 : ; : ; hitherto referred to the Genus Paraxerus. 37 lighter than the head as in true vuleanorum, but still percep- tibly so. Yellow spot on sides of nose particularly well marked. Under surface yellowish grey, more as in some of the'forms of emint, Incisors thicker than in other specimens of vulcanorum, 16 mm., therefore about as in emnz. Molais comparatively large, Dimensions of type (measured in flesh) :— Head and body 125 mm.; tail 151; hind foot 30°5; ear 14. Skull: greatest length 35; condylo-incisive length 31:5; upper tooth-series exclusive of p? 6. Hah, 10 miles west of Baraka, Burton Gulf, Lake Tan- ganyika, in the Tanganyika drainage-area, Alt. 4000’. Type. Adult male. B.M. no, 7.6.14. 33. Original number 328. Collected 3rd January, 1907, by Douglas Carruthers. One specimen only. This animal, while obviously distinct enough to deserve a subspecific name, is of somewhat doubtful relationship, and more specimens will be needed before the question can be settled. While its comparatively thick incisors and large molars are more as in 7. emini, its general colour and light- edged ears approach those of 7. vuleanorum, to which, mainly on geographical grounds, I provisionally refer it. But I should not be surprised if it turns out to be instead a southern subspecies of ZT. emint. 4, Tamiscus antonie, Thos. & Wrought. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 377 (1907). Size much smaller than in the previous species. Colour yellowish grey, with four well-defined black stripes. Haig not lighter than head ; no white patches behind them. Greatest length of skull 31°5 mm. Hab. Upper Congo. Type from Ponthierville, near Stanley Falls. 5. Tamiscus alexandri, Thos. & Wrought. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xix. p. 876 (1907). Size smallest of the genus. Colour yellowish. Stripes much reduced, the dark inner pair narrow ‘and mixed with yellowish, and the outer pair almost imperceptible. Hars conspicuously white both on edges and backs. Greatest leneth of skull 30 mm. Hab, Welle and Ituri Rivers, eastwards into Uganda. 38 Mr. O. Thomas on Semliki (Weave). Type (aslightly immature specimen) from the Upper Welle. young example of this species shows the outer dark lines more plainly than the adults. V.—Two new Tuco-tucos from Argentina. By OLpFIELD THOMAS. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Ctenomys latro, sp. n. Near OC. tucumanus. ; Size about as in tucewumanus. General colour paler than the peculiar dark fawn of tucwmanus, more as in dorsalis, bufty fawn on sides of head, on back, and on flanks, but the middle area of the face and crown dark brown. Under surface broadly washed with pale buffy (“light buff’’), the throat whiter, and a patch on the chest darker, near “ avellaneous,” very like the belly-colour of C. tucwmanus ; the colours of upper and under surfaces rather sharply distinguished. Be- hind each ear a light buffy patch runs downwards and back- wards on the side of the neck. ‘Tail dark brown on whole breadth of upper surface, pale buffy on sides and below. Skull of about the same general shape as in C. tucumanus, similarly low and flattened, though the brain-case is narrower. Muzzle unusually broadened, owing to a peculiar thickening of the bone outside the anterior half of the buried part of the incisors. Nasals broad, abruptly and squarely truncated behind, where they are considerably surpassed by the ends of the premaxillary processes, their sides forming straight con- verging lines instead of the curves found in tucumanus. Zygomata as widely expanded as in tucumanus, but distinctly shorter antero-posteriorly ; a groove present along the upper outer edge of the malar, not found in any of our five skulls of tueumanus. ‘Temporal ridges uniting to form a low median sagittal crest, the ridges being quite separated in older specimens of tucumanus. Supraoccipital smooth, without the median ridge present in adult twcumanus. Bulle slightly smaller than in tucumanus, but still smooth and well inflated, not contracted as in Ct. pontifex. Incisors of the normal set and usual orange-colour. Molars rather smaller and more delicate than in ‘tucumanus, p ex- ceeding the molars in diagonal diameter rather less than is new Tuco-tucos from Argentina. 39 usual, ‘The two rows of cheek-teeth a little nearer together than in tucumanus. . F Dimensions of the type (measured by collector in the esh) :— Head and body 170 mm.; tail 71; hind foot 29. Skull : condylo-incisive length 45°2 ; condylo-basal length 43°6 ; zygomatic breadth 29; breadth across swollen part of muzzle 11°8; nasals, length 13:5, breadth anteriorly 7, pos- teriorly 3:9 ; interorbital breadth 10; breadth across brain- case 1671 ; posterior breadth on lips of meatus 26°3 ; palatilar length 21°6 ; upper tooth-series 8°8; diagonal diameter of Dao J, Olen 353. Hab. Tucuman. Type from Tapia, about 20 miles north of Tucuman City. Alt. 600 m. Type. Adult male, with basilar suture closed. B.M. no. 2.1.5.13. Collected 28th October, 1901, by LL. Dinelli. Presented by Oldfield Thomas. One specimen only. This species is no doubt most closely allied to its geogra- phical neighbour C. tucumanus, but, as may be seen above, differs both in colour and in quite a number of cranial characters as compared with a set of five good examples of the older-known species. Ctenomys pontifex, sp. n. A medium-sized species without special markings, the bullae very narrow. Size about as in C. latro. Colour above uniform drab- brown without darker markings; below paler and more buffy. Tail brown above for its whole breadth, whitish below. Skull rather narrow, the zygomata not widely expanded. Nasals long, nearly parallel-sided, slightly surpassed behind by the premaxillary processes. Brain-case scarcely ridged. Zygomata with the median ascending process rather farther back than usual, the orbital fossee therefore proportionally large as compared with the temporal fosse. Mesopterygoid fossa narrow. Bulle long, low and narrow, in marked con- trast to those of C. mendocinus, more like those of the other- wise very different C. frater. Incisors and cheek-teeth normal, p* of scarcely greater diameter than m'. Dimensions of the type (measured on skin) :— Head and body 183 mm. ; tail 77 ; hind foot 34. Skull: approximate condylo-incisive length 44; zygomatic breadth 26°5 ; muzzle, breadth anteriorly 9°8, between ante- orbital foramina 8 ; nasals, length 18, breadth anteriorly 7, 40 Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. posteriorly 6°2; interorbital breadth 9:5; breadth across brain-case 17°8 ; palatilar length 21; upper tooth-series 10; diagonal diameter of p* 3°6, of m’ 3:5. flab. “ Kast side of the Andes near Fort San Rafael, Province of Mendoza.” Type. Adult female, BM. no. 60.1, 5.2. Collected by Mr. T. Bridges. Presented by G. R. Waterhouse. Mr. Bridges collected in this region a number of tuco-tucos which have hitherto been assigned to Philippi’s Ctenomys mendocinus *, but I now find that they belong to two quite distinct species—the one with normally inflated rounded bulla and the other with very narrow ones. Now it fortu- nately happens that the Muserm contains a series of mammals purchased of Gerrard in 1873 which were labelled ‘with Philippi’s names in what I believe to be his handwriting, and among them is a tuco-tuco from “ Mendoza” labelled Ct. mendoctnus, which, in the absence of other evidence, we may accept as typical. This specimen has the full rounded bullee usual in the genus, and I therefore describe as new the one with the narrow bulle, VI.—Protoéchinus Austin. By F. A. Baruer, D.Sc., F.R.S. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) [Plate II.] Previous History. In December 1860 Fort-Major Thomas Austin published in “The Geologist’? (4. pp. 446-448) a paper ‘‘On a new Genus of Echinoderm, &c.”? This was Protoechinus, so called because its author believed it to be ‘‘ one of the first, if not the very first true echinus, that appeared on our globe.” The Genotype was the unique species Protoechinus anceps, of which three specimens had been “found in the lower beds, but not the very lowest, of the Carboniferous Limestone [Lowest Tournaisian |, at Hook Point, county of Wexford,” Ireland. One of these specimens “fell into unscientific hands, and was lost to science.’ Another was imperfectly preserved. Of the third a rough woodcut was given, and it is this which must be regarded as the Holotype. The Holotype is No. 401 of the Austin Collection in the * Arch. f. Nat, xxxy. p. 88 (1869). Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. 41 Liverpool Museum. It is the only specimen now known, and I am greatly indebted to Dr. J. A. Clubb for allowing me to borrow it for detailed study. I have little doubt but that the Hehinocrinus anceps of T.& T. Austin (nom. nud., Oct. 1842, Aun. & Mag. Nat. Hist. x. p. 111, and brief description, Mar. 18438, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. xi. p. 207) refers to the same specimen, although Dr. R. T. Jackson, in his admirable “‘ Phylogeny of the Echini”’ (Jan. 1912, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. vii.*) twice men- tions it as a distinct species (pp. 449, 454). The Austins’ description being in the form of a comparison with the undescribed EH. pomum is a case of ignotum per ignotius, but the specimen is said to be ‘‘ a fragment showing the internal structure of the ambulacra and a few of the adjoining plates,” and this fully agrees with our holotype. Moreover, no other specimen agreeing with this statement is in the Austin col- lection or represented in the Austins’ unpublished drawings. It will be remembered that the Austins originally regarded Echinocrinus (= Archaeocidaris) as a possible Crinoid, partly no doubt because some of their Carboniferous echinoid spe- cimens had crinoid stems accidentally lying just over their oral or apical poles. Consequently Protoechinus or Echino- crinus anceps appears with the other Echinocrini from Hook Point on the sketch for a plate of the unfinished Crinoid Monograph. The essential clauses in Austin’s description (1860) are: “ Ambulacral areas wide ; the two rows of pores in double pairs near the margin, with alternate additional perforated plates near the widest spread of the ambulacra; where these additional plates intervene the pores become quadruple; interambulacral areas wide.” The word “quadruple” can only mean that where there are four columns of ambulacrals there are four double pores in a transverse row. Neither Lovén (1874), nor Zittel (1879), nor Pomel (1887) seem to have understood this, and they ascribed to the genus only three columns of ambulacrals. But if the phrase receive the preceding interpretation, which agrees with that of R. T. Jackson (1912), then the description is correct so far as it goes. The same cannot be said for Austin’s figure, Neither takes us very far, and though Duncan (1889) ventured to refer the species to Palaeechinus, and Lambert & Thiéry (1910, p. 120) to Melonechinus, most writers have agreed that “with present knowledge .... this interesting *In this work the various references to other authors are given in detail, which is therefore not repeated here. 42 Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. type .... cannot be definitely located” (Jackson, 1912, p. 454). . Examination of the actual specimen would at any time have enabled these distinguished authorities to come toa more definite or more correct conclusion, and now that I have succeeded in removing more of the matrix, it is possible to give a fuller account than might have been anticipated. DeEscriPTion oF HoLoryPe. The fragment, which is of roughly triangular shape, 73°5 mm.xX41°5 mm., lies ona matrix of dark shaley hme- stone, and is, or was,in part covered by the same. This matrix contains numerous fragments of crinoids, a plate of Palaeechinus, some brachiopod spines, and bits of Polyzoa. The portion of test preserved is viewed from the inner Suances As represented in Austin’s text-figure and in Plate IT. given herewith, the truncated apex of the triangle occupies the peristomial region. Here there meet the adoral por- tions of two ambulacral areas (B, D), enclosing part of an interambulacrum (C). The accompanying text-figure (p. 48) gives the outlines of the component plates, and the areas are lettered in arbitrary fashion A to D. Of the interambu- lacra] area A, only two fragmentary plates are preserved. The Imbrication, as may be seen in the photograph, affects both ambulacrals and interambulacrals, especially the former. It follows the normal plan: an adoral overlap for ambulacrals ; an aboral and adradial overlap for inter- ambulacrals, which also cover the edges of the ambulacrals. The imbrication of both is strong. Interambulacrum C begins with the primordial plate in the basicoronal row, about 5°5 mm. long and wide. It is succeeded in the second row by two plates. In the third row appears a space for the initial plate of column 3, but there issome disturbance at this point, and either the plate has in whole or part been overturned so as to expose its outer surface, or an interambulacral from the dorsal region has been forced down upon it ; it will be seen in the photo- graph that the outer margin of this plate on the left passes over the edge of the adjacent plate in column 2 instead of under it, as would be its normal position. That the initial plate of column 3 did occupy this space is proved by the existence of four plates in the fourth row. In the next row appears the initial plate of column 5. Immediately below this in the drawing are seen portions of what appear to be —————E—————— Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. 43 two plates. Of these the one to the right, over which the dotted line 5 passes, is turned up at the edge next the spec- tator, but it must be a part of the second plate in column 5. The small portion underlying it to the left may be a part of the same plate in its normal position, or it might possibly belong to the initial plate of column 6. The outwardly splaying curves of the ambulacra just here render the existence of a sixth column almost inevitable. Of these columns of interambulacrals, No. 1 is the least disturbed. It consists of five plates, all, except the prim- ordial, higher than wide and relatively thin ; the third plate measures 8°2 mm. x 4°5 mm., so far as visible. Towards the peristomial margin the plates of this and of column 2 in- crease in thickness, and the primordial plate itself is fairly stout. The adradial edges of this plate, instead of being merely bevelled off, are marked on each side with two curved notches to receive the ambulacrals; and this confers greater rigidity on the peristomial frame. The edges of the adoral pair of notches are raised. The adoral margin of the plate seems incomplete, and adoral to it a fragment of some plate is seen in the matrix. The plates of column 2 as represented in the drawing do not seem to tally with the corresponding plates of column 1. It is, however, difficult to see the suture between the second and third plates, and these may really be but a single plate. The plate at the beginning of column 38 displays part of the outer surface, and this is covered with small secondary tubercles. A primary tubercle, if borne by the plate, is not seen on this exposed part. The initial plate of column 5 bears a circular depression with central elevation, and this may be caused by the pres- sure of a scrobiculate primary tubercle on its underlying outer face. Of the Ambulacra, B is the better preserved. The notches in the primordial interambulacral indicate that the first of the coronal ambulacrals has been removed. Reckoning this, we note in this column a five ambulacrals stretching to the perradius and alternating with five of the adjoining column d. Their width increases from 7°6 mm. to 8'9 mm. These are succeeded by a row of four ambulacrals, and then, oddly enough, the next row consists of only two very wide plates (a being 9°2 mm. wide). After this the succession of four columns reappears and, so far as can be seen, continues regularly (a, a’, 0’, 6). In the right half of Ambulacrum D there was likewise a series of five plates before the column divided into two. In AA. Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. the third row of double plates there is some irregularity, suggestive of a change to three columns instead of two; but this does not seem to continue,and probably should be regarded as an accidental abnormality. The inner surface of the ambulacrals is divided into two fields by a transverse elevation, which arises gradually at the outer end (next the interradius), but becomes more pro- minent at its inner end where it bends round to meet the corresponding ridge of the adjacent ambulacral in the next column. These ridges are stouter in the ambulacrals nearer the peristome, and in ambulacrum B those of column a are seen bending adapically so as to meet the adorally bending ridges of the plates in column }. This increased stoutness of the ambulacrals and the apposition of their ridges afforded additional support to the peristomial frame. May we not see here the beginnings of a regular perignathic girdle? The low ridges bordering the adoral notches of the primordial interambulacral suggest incipient apophyses, and these elevations of the adoral ambulacrals may have served for the attachment of the retractor muscles. They are con- spicuous structures even in the fossil, where they are broken, but in a perfect specimen they would have been still more conspicuous. ‘The auricles of later echinoids are separated from the ambulacrals on which they rest by a suture, but these processes are part of the ambulacrals. That, perhaps, does not forbid the hypothesis of their subsequent separa- tion. If, as in Lepidesthes (Jackson, 1912, pl. 68. fig. 3), the ambulacrals flowed down on to the peristome, then the attachment of the retractors must have kept moving from the processes of one row of plates to those of the succeeding row. So awkward an arrangement may have been super- seded by the separation of the processes and their conversion into true auricles. It is hard to believe that the auricles originated later as independent elements, and the suggestion that they were modified from pre-existing subambulacral elements (e. g., floor-plates) does not appear to me to be supported by adequate evidence from the fossils. From the transverse ridge the ambulacral plate slopes to its adapical margin, which is flattened out in a slight flange- like rim. On the other side the plate slopes to its adoral margin, passing under the next plate (as seen from the inside). The Ambulacral Pores lie on the adoral side of the trans- verse ridge, a little to the outer side of the median meridional line of the plate. They appear in many cases to be very close to the adoral margin of the plate; this, however, is ae ee el Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. 45 largely due to the imbrication of the ambulacrals. If the same plates were viewed from the outside the pores would in any case not be so near the edge; but, further than this, the pore-canals slope slightly from inside to outside in an adapical direction, so that they would have opened on the outside still nearer the middle transverse line of the plate. The pore-pair opens on the inside at the bottom of a slight depression, one side of which forms part of the transverse ridge. The long axes of these internal peripodia lie at an angle to the perradius, the inner pore being more adoral in position than the outer. The adradial end of the peripodial rim is depressed, presumably for the passage of the side- branch from the radial water-vessel which passed to each pore-pair behind the transverse ridge of the adjoining orad ambulacral. In the case of the two or three ambulacrals nearest the peristome this passage is quite arched over by the above-described processes; and it looks as though the radial vessel were also covered by these processes when they were complete. This latter arrangement increases the re- semblance of the processes to auricles, and suggests that in serial sections obtained by grinding down such a fossil embedded in matrix the processes, especially if broken, might possibly be interpreted as floor-plates. A few Radioles are preserved on both faces of the speci- men. The evidence that they belonged to this individual is inconclusive, but they are of a character consonant with that view. The one shown just above the numeral 4 in the text- figure is probably a primary radiole, . It is 4°38 mm. long, has a slightly enlarged base, and is almost smooth, with traces of longitudinal fasciculate micro-structure. It closely re- sembles, except in its smaller size, the primary radiole of Pholidocidaris irregularis (Jackson, 1912, pl. 75. fig. 5). The other fragments are rather thinner, but show the longi- tudinal striation more plainly; they belong probably to secondary radioles. ‘The minute Structure of the Stereom is visible under a strong lens on several of the plates. In the ambulacrals it is rather coarser and quite ‘irregular. In the imterambu- lacrals it is finer, with the meshes arranged in regular, though not necessarily straight, rows. Systematic Position. Following the Classification of R. T. Jackson (1912), and using his Key (pp. 201-208), we note that the number of columns of ambulacrals and interambulacrals, their strong 46 Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. imbrication, and the retention of the primordial interambu- lacral in the basicoronal row, place the specimen without doubt in the Lepidesthidae. The number of ambulacral columns removes it from Lepidechinus and Perischodomus, which have only 2 ; also from Lepidesthes with its 8 columns, and from Meekechinus with 20. Perischocidaris has 6 columns, a number which might conceivably, though improbably, have been attained by Protoechinus anceps; but the structure of both ambu- lacrals and interambulacrals is quite different. Proterocidaris has only 4 columns of ambulacrals, but, on the other hand, it has “‘ many more columns of interambulacral plates than are known in other genera of this family,” certainly very many more than in Protoechinus and of quite different character. F Of described genera there remains only Pholidocidaris. According to Dr. Jackson’s Key this has 4 to 6 ambulacral columns, 5 to 6 interambulacral columns ; plates strongly imbricating ; adoral ambulacrals much larger than those of the adapical region. In the account of the genus on p. 433 it is added that the interambulacrals are large and scale-like. All this agrees well with Austin’s specimen, which, if not actually a Pholidocidaris, is at any rate “near to”’ it, as Dr. Jackson himself (in litt.) concluded on the evidence of a cast which I sent to him. It is, however, not clear why Dr. Jackson assigns a possible four columns to the ambulacral area of Pholido- cidaris, considering that in P. gaudryi and P. irregularis there are six columns; it is only in the dorsal (adapical) region of an immature individual of the latter species that four columns are noted, and there may have been more at the ambitus. The ambulacral areas are unknown in P. tenuis and P. acuaria (Whidborne, sub Protocidaris). Even if all other species of Pholidocidaris had six columns to the area, while Protoechinus anceps had only four, this would not of itself be enough for generic distinction. Apart from this, P. anceps differs from P. irregularis Meek & Worthen in the regular succession of its interambulacral columns (though the irregularity observed in a specimen of the latter species may be individual only), and in the appa- rent differences of size between the various interambulacral plates, those in the adoral region of P. irregularis being “ of about the same size” (Jackson). In P.irregularis the pore- pairs of the adoral region are ‘‘ about in the middle of each plate’’; vague though this statement is, I scarcely think that Dr. Jackson would have applied it to P. anceps. From Pholidocidaris tenuis 'Tornquist, known only from — Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. 47 scattered plates, P. anceps differs in the less regular shape and less width, both relatively and absolutely, of its inter- ambulacral plates; also in the less height, relatively and absolutely, of its ambulacrals. It is worth noting here that Jackson has referred to P. tenuis a specimen from Coplaw, Clitheroe (Mus. Pract. Geol., 16,304). Pholidocidaris acuaria (Whidborne) is so imperfectly known that no comparison is possible ; but since it comes from the Upper Devonian (Pilton Beds) it is unlikely to be the same species as P. anceps. Pholidocidaris gaudryi Julien is also known only from fragmentary imprints of plates and radioles, which cannot be compared. The possession of six ambulacral columns seems, however, to constitute a difference. CoNnCLUSION. Protoechinus anceps may therefore be referred to the family Lepidesthidae, genus Pholidocidaris. Since Austin’s description has proved to be quite unre- cognizable, the name Protoechinus, though of earlier date, cannot possibly supplant Pholidocidaris Meek & Worthen, 1869. If the specimen could be proved to belong to any species of Pholidocidaris hitherto described, the name anceps also would have to give way. Since, however, it appears to be specifically distinct I propose to retain the name, denoting the species as Pholidocidaris anceps. Diagnosis—A Pholidocidaris with 4 columns to the ambu- lacral area; adoral ambulacrals of both the double and the quadruple series more than twice as wide as high, fairly stout, with pore-pairs outside the median meridional line and orad of the median transverse line, sloping from the perradial end in an adapical direction, with 5 (? 6) columns to the inter- ambulacral area; adoral ambulacrals thin, irregular in outline, but width not more than 2/3 height, except in the primordial plate, which is about as wide as high. This diagnosis, being based only on the internal surface of the adoral region, is of course incomplete. The real interest of the specimen lies in its structural features. EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. The Holotype of Pholidocidaris anceps, from a photograph by Herbert G. Herring, enlarged to two diameters. The unnatural appear- » ance of the shadow below the specimen is not due to Mr. Herring’s excellent photograph. Dr. F. A. Bather on Protoéchinus, Austin. 48 HdALOIOY 4 ulysny SdFONV SQNIHOZOLOUg DVOls Thee ie Amn. & Mag. Nat. Hist. Ser. BATHER. ‘“SdAONY SNNIHOAOLOYd tO rs On the Braconidee in the British Museum. 49 VII. — Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.— II. On the Australian Species of Cardiochiline and Doryctine. By Row ann E. Turner, F.Z.S., F.E.S. Subfamily Carprocurzrv#, Ashm. Genus Carpiocuies, Nees. Key to the Australian Species. vec 1. Hind metatarsus distinctly broadened, not cylindrical; head and abdomen black, the basal abdominal segment sometimes MBCA Bits .rope aston ihre NES fae eee: 2. Hind metatarsus cylindrical; head and abdo- men mostly red or fulvous ............ 3. 2. Thorax and abdomen entirely black ........ C. assimilator, Turn. Thorax and basal abdominal segment red.... C. dissimudator, Turn, apm vertex entirely blacks os... 0.08 adsasee toes C. verticalis, Turn. Woertex:rod onifulvouscs : so aeemeee 2. 2. Clypeus with a very prominent carina ending in a raised tubercle ......,...., EE. tricolor tricolor, Sm, Clypeus depressed in the middle, without CUT OOLANEGREIN Ge visiinc.s: 5.0.0 0's viele Meteeraem Li. tricolor shuckardi, | subsp. u. 83 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. Hab. EF. tricolor tricolor, Sm., Borneo. E. tricolor longiceps, subsp. u., Dibrughur, Assam. E. tricolor shuckardi, subsp. n., India (probably the South or West), ex coll. Shuckard. E. dimidiaticornis, Bingh., and E. crassepunctata, Turn., will probably prove to be.the males of the two Indian sub- species. Superfamily SpHecorDpa. Subfamily Sezxcrvz. Sphea (Psammophila) lutaria, Fabr. Sphex lutaria, Fabr. Mant. Insect. i. p. 278 (1787). Ammophila affinis, Kirby, Trans. Linn, Soc. iv. p. 195 (1798). Specimens from Gyangtse, ‘Tibet, have the first tergite almost entirely black. S. hirsuta, Scop., occurs in the same locality. Sphex (Psammophila) mahatma, sp. 0. @. Nigra; abdomine segmentis primo, secundo, tertio quartoque dimidio basali rufis; femoribus anticis apice extremo subtus, tibiis anticis subtus, tarsis anticis, articulo primo basi nigro, tarsisque intermediis et posticis articulis tribus apicalibus ferrugi- neis; alis subhyalinis, venis nigris, 4 Long. 12-19 mm. 9. Hairs of the head and thorax black, sparse ; inner orbits parallel ; posterior ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance about equal to the length of the third joint of the flagellum. TFront densely, clypeus and vertex much more sparsely punctured; pronotum, mesonotum, and scutellum shining, very sparsely punctured; the meso- pleurz closely and rather indistinctly striated with large punctures between the striz. Median segment opaque, transversely striated; the striz very fine and close, only visible with a lens; the sides and apical slope of the segment more coarsely striated. Anterior coxz not tuber- culate at the apex; joints of the fore tarsi strongly asymmetrical; pulvilli distinct, not very small; _ tarsal ungues with a very minute tooth at the base. Petiole as Mr. R. E, Turner on Fossorvial Hymenoptera. 89 long as the second joint of the hind tarsus. Radial cell ‘rounded at the apex. Hab. Gyangtse, ‘Tibet, 13,000 ft. (H. J. Walton), June 30, 1904. Khamba Jong, Sikkim, 15,000-16,000 ft. The striation of the dorsal surface of the median segment is much finer than in S. lutaria, from which it also differs in the colour of the nervures, tarsi, and first abdominal segment and in the sparser punctures of the mesonotum. The male has the petiole longer than the second joint of the hind tarsus, but distinctly shorter than the basal joint and the colour of the tarsi is fuscous. Sphex (Psammophila) sheffieldi, sp. n. @. Nigra, nigro-pilosa; mandibulis basi, segmentis abdominalibus primo, secundo tertioque basi rufis; clypeo argenteo-pubescente ; alis flavidulis, margine apicali pallide infuscatis, venis fusco- ferrugineis. Long. 22-27 mm. 9. Head large and massive, broader than the thorax, densely punctured, clothed with black hairs, the clypeus with a delicate silver pubescence beneath the black hairs. Clypeus broadly truncate at the apex, the apical margin deflexed, the angles of the truncated margin well marked. Inner orbits parallel, the posterior ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance distinctly exceeding the length of the third joint of the flagellum. Thorax and median segment coarsely rugosely punctured, mesonotum with a distinct carina from the base to the middle; mesoplenre rugose. Anterior coxee not tuberculate at the apex ; joints of the anterior tarsi asymmetrical, but not strongly so; tarsal ungues without a tooth. Petiole as long as the basal joint of the hind tarsi, the basal third strongly punctured and clothed with black hairs. Radial cell rather long, narrowly rounded at the apex; third cubital cell small, the second transverse cubital nervure nearly twice as long as the cubital margin of the cell and about three times as long as the radial margin. Hab. Mianje, Nyasaland (S. A. Neave), March 12—May 5, 2400-7000 ft. 90 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. Sphex (Parapsammophila) testaceipes, sp. n. 3. Niger, albo-pilosus ; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo in medio nigro-lineato, tegulis, pedibusque rufo-testaceis ; coxis posticis, trochanteribus femoribusque posticis supra, tarsis intermediis posticisque articulo apicali, unguiculisque nigris ; alis hyalinis, venis fusco-ferrugineis. Long. 25 mm. 3d. Clypeus broadly rounded at the apex, subdenticulate in the middle of the apical margin, clothed with delicate silver pubescence, which extends on to the front. Head and sides of the thorax rather densely clothed with long white hairs, the hairs on the mesonotum and dorsal surface of the median segment cinereous. .Hyes convergent towards the clypeus, where they are separated by a distance slightly exceeding twice the length of the scape and first joint of the flagellum combined. Posterior ocelli separated from the eyes by a distance scarcely equal to the length of the third joint of the flagellum. Head and pronotum punctured- rugulose, the clypeus shining and almost smooth ; meso- notum rugulose; dorsal surface of median segment closely transversely striate, the striz slightly curved in the middle. First joint of the petiole a little longer than the hind femur ; second tergite longer than the apical breadth; seventh tergite broadly truncate at the apex; eighth sternite long, the sides almost parallel, the apex rather broadly truncate. Mesosternum not produced anteriorly. Tarsal ungues with two teeth close to the base; pulvilli large. Second re- current nervure almost interstitial with the second trans- — verse cubital nervure ; second abscissa of the radius much longer than the third, third transverse cubital nervure rather strongly curved outwardly in the middle. Hab. Valley of the Ruaha River, German East Africa (S. A. Neave), December 1910. This has somewhat the build of S. dives, Brullé, but may easily be distinguished by the colour of the legs, the form of the apical segments, the broader head and clypeus, and the sculpture of the median segment, also by the presence of two teeth on the tarsal ungues. Sphex (Parapsammophila) erythrocephala, Wabr. Sphex erythrocephala, Faby. Spec. Insect. i. p. 445 (1781). Q. Ammophila fuscipennis, Sm. Trans. Zool, Soc. London, vii. p, 187 (1870). 3. Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 91 The tarsal ungues of the male have two teeth—not one only, as stated by Bingham. Sphex haimatosoma, Kohl. Ammophila haimatosoma, ‘Kohl, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xxxiil. p. 888 (1883). 9. Specimens of this species were taken at Karachi by Mr. Comber. They are very highly coloured, being without black on the head and thorax, and with the blue colour of the apical abdominal segments more strongly developed ; the wings are of a deep yellow. 8S. dusalis, Sm., which also occurs at Karachi is very near this species, but has the mesonotum much more strongly striated and is very different in colour, Sphex punctata, Sm. Ammophila punctata, Sm. Cat. Hym. B.M, iv. p. 218 (1856). @. T cannot see that this differs specifically from S. sabulosa, Linn., though the red on the abdomen is more extensive. This form occurs at Gyangtse in Tibet in June. Subfamily Purrawrurz. Cerceris spinipleuris, nom. n. Cerceris varipes, Sm. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xii, p. 413 (18738). 9. (Nec Smith, 1858). This Australian species is quite distinct fromthe species. described by Smith from Celebes in 1858 as C. varipes, so a new name is necessary. Cerceris yalensis, Turn, Cerceris yalensis, Turn, Trans. Ent. Soc. London, p, 745, 1912 (1918). © (nec C). The female is the type of the species. The male described with it does not belong to it, but to C. cratocephala, Cam. Subfamily Szizrva. Stizus persimilis, sp. n. Q. Nigra; clypeo, labr@g,mandibulis, palpis, antennis, pronoto 92 Mr. R..E. Turner on Possorial Hymenoptera. margine postico, in medio angustissime, lateribus late, callis humeralibus, mesonoto fascia laterali utrinque ante tegulas, femoribus anticis, femoribus intermediis posticisque apice, tibiis tarsisque flavo-aurantiacis ; segmentis dorsalibus secundo macula parva utrinque angulis apicalibus, tertio quartoque fascia lata longitudinali laterali, quinto fere omnino, sextoque omnino flavis ; alis nigro-ceruleis. Long. 16 mm. ?. Extremely near to S. klugit, Sm. (S. apicalis, Klug), of which I formerly considered it a variety (see Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvi. p. 444, 1916). But I have since had the opportunity of comparing it with a female of Alugit in the collection of the Rev. F. D. Morice, and find the following distinctions in addition to colour :— S. klugit. S. persimilis. First tergite sparsely punctured. First tergite closely punctured. Sixth tergite closely rugosely punc- | Sixth tergite sparsely and more tured. | finely punctured. Hab. 30 miles from Magadi Junction, British East Africa (F. G. Hamilton), April 1912. Subfamily Crazrovivz. Rhopalum ornatipes, sp. 0. @. Nigra; mandibulis, apice excepto, clypeo, scapo, flagello dimidio basali subtus, pronoto, scutello, tegulis, pedtbus anticis intermediisque, trochanteribus posticis, tibiis posticis dimidio basali, metatarsisque posticis flavis; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis fuscis. Long. 4 mm. ?. Eyes separated at the base of the clypeus by a distance equal to about one-quarter of the length of the scape, the facets much larger in front than on the side ; clypeus short and broad, clothed with delicate white pubescence. Head smooth and shining, an indistinct groove from the posterior ocelli not quite reaching the eyes; temples about half as broad as the eyes. Thorax smooth and shining ; pronotum transverse ; median segment almost smooth, with a well- marked median sulcus. First tergite very slightly longer than the second, uot much swollen at the apex ; second tergite broadened from the base, nearly half as long again Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 93 as the third. Serration of the hind tibiz almost obsolete. Radial cell broadly truncate at the apex ; recurrent nervure received close to two-thirds from the eee of the cubital cell. Hab. Zungeru, N. Nigeria cr W. Scott-Macfie), January— February 1911. Rhopalum spinulifer, sp. n. 3. Niger; scapo, pronoto, postscutello, callis humeralibus, pedibus anticis intermediisque, trochanteribus coxisque exceptis, flavis ; segmentis abdominalibus duobus basalibus subtus lateribusque, segmentis sexto apice, septimoque, femoribus posticis apice, tibiis posticis supra nigro-maculatis, metatarsisque posticis basi ferrugineis ; tegulis brunneis; alis hyalinis, iridescentibus, venis nigris; petiolo apice spina minuta armato. Long. 4 mm. 3. Eyes separated at the base of the clypeus by a distance about equal to the length of the scape ; anteune short, the basal joimts of the flagellum normal, not tuberculate or emarginate. Head subopaque, very minutely punctured ; posterior ocelli as far from each other as from the eyes. Pronotum transverse, not rounded at the angles; thorax subopaque, minutely and closely punctured. Petiole rather stout, distinctly swollen at the apex, with a small spine at the apex on the dorsal surface; the second tergite half as long again as the first, broadened from the base, no longer than the third. Hind tibiz stout, distinctly but not strongly serrate. Radial cell very broadly truncate at the apex ; recurrent nervure received just beyond the middle of the cubital cell. Hob. Kuranda, N. Queensland (F. P. Dodd). In the form of the petiole and following segments this resembles R. frenchii, Turn., but differs much in colour and in the remarkable spine on the petiole. Rhopalum imbelle, Turn. Rho alum tricolor, Smm., subsp. imbelle, Turn, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xv. p. 92 (3915). In addition to the distinctions given in the description, the male antenne are much shoxter in imbelle than in tricolor ; the third joint of the flagellum, which is emarginate beneath, being more than twice as long as the apical breadth in ¢ricolor, and scare ely half as long ¢ again in imbelle. On 94 Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. the whole, I am inclined to think that the two forms should staud as distinct species. Subfamily Larrrmz. Tachytes diversicornis, sp. ni. 3g. Niger, albo-pubescens; flagello articulis 5-9, articuloque quarto subtus fulvis; tarsis brunneo-rufescentibus ; segmentis dorsalibus 4 basalibus fascia apicali argenteo-pubescente ; seg- mento septimo dense argenteo-pubescente ; alis hyalinis, venis tegulisque testaceis. ®. Mari simillima; antennis nigris; segmento dorsali sexto aureo-pubescente. Long., ¢ 9 mm., 9 10 mm. 3d. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, clothed with silver pubescence, which extends on to the face ; joints of the flagellum not arcuate. yes separated on the vertex by a distance fully equal to the combined length of the two basal joints of the flagellum. ‘Thorax and median segment clothed with short whitish hairs; the median segment scarcely as long as the scutellum and postscutellum com- bined. Seventh dorsal segment broadly rounded or sub- truncate at the apex; eighth ventral segment strongly emarginate, the apical angles of the emargination produced - into acute spines. Radial cell narrowly rounded at the apex, third abscissa of the radius longer than the second, the third cubital cell extending on the cubitus beyond the apex of the radial cell. Basal joint of tlie fore tarsi with three small white spines. 2. Basal joint of the fore tarsus with five spines. Second ventral segment subopaque, microscopically punctured, the apical margin broadly smooth in the middle ; pygidial area subtriangular, narrowly rounded at the apex. Hab. Karachi (E. Comber), September and October. This approaches the Algerian 7. maculicornis, Saund., but in that species the male has the joints of the flagellum thickened and arcuate beneath. In both species the inter- mediate metatarsus of the male is curved and somewhat strongly asymmetrical at the apex. The female of maculi- cornis has the pygidial area clothed with silver pubescence. Tachytes nilotica, sp. 0. 9. Nigra, albo-pubescens ; mandibulis, palpis, femoribus, tibiis tarsisque ferrugineis; femoribus anticis basi nigro suffusis ; Mr. R. E. Turner on Fossorial Hymenoptera. 95 tegulis testaceis; segmentis abdominalibus 1-5 apice anguste brunneis, dorsalibus 1—4 fascia apicali argenteo-pubescente ; area pygidiali aureo-pubescente ; alis hyalinis, venis ferrugineis. Long. 10 mm, 2. Galea short, broader than long. Clypeus very broadly rounded at the apex, the front and clypeus clothed with silver pubescence. Eyes separated on the vertex by a distance slightly exceeding the length of the two basal joints of the flagellum. Thorax closely and minutely punctured, clothed with short greyish hairs, with short silver pubescence on the mesopleure. Median segment more than half as long again as the scutellum, very minutely punctured and clothed with short whitish hairs ; the posterior slope with a deep longitudinal sulcus, which extends to the apex of the dorsal surface. Second ventral segment sub- opaque, very finely and closely punctured; third and following ventral segments shining, with a few scattered punctures. Pygidial area longer than the basal breadth, narrowly rounded at the apex. Basal joint of fore tarsus with five spines. Radial cell narrowly rounded at the apex, not reaching as near to the outer margin of the wing as the apex of the third cubital cell; second and third abscisse ‘of the radius subequal. Hab. Meadi, Egypt (Egyptian Department of Agriculture), July. This species bears a strong superficial resemblance to Tachysphex fluctuatus, Gerst. Tachytes rufiscutis, sp. n. 3. Niger; palpis, galea, mandibulis dimidio basali, clypeo, antennis, prothorace pedibusque ferrugineis; mesonoto antice, scutello postscutelloque fusco-ferrugineis; tegulis testaceis ; segmentis duobus apicalibus rufo-brunneis ; alis flavo-hyalinis, yenis ferrugineis. Long. 18 mm. 3d. Galea scarcely longer than the scape, a little longer than its basal breadth ; palpi not elongate. Head covered with whitish hairs, changing to pale golden on the clypeus. Vertex opaque, very finely punctured ; eyes separated on the vertex by a distance scarcely equal to half the length of the second joint of the flagellum. Antenne stout, the joints not arcuate beneath. ‘Thorax opaque, finely and very closely punctured; median segment twice as long as 96 Dr. W. T. Calman on the scutellum, without a distinct median suleus, but with a strong apical fovea, the posterior slope with a strong median sulcus. Abdomen closely and minutely punctured, rather sparsely clothed with very short silver-grey pubescence, which does not form apical fasciz ; second sternite very minutely and closely punctured on the sides, much more strongly and rather sparsely in the middle ; the third and following sternites very sparsely and deeply punctured in the middle. Seventh tergite elongate-triangular, rather narrowly rounded at the apex, densely clothed with coarse reddish-gold pubescence. Eighth sternite rather narrowly truncate at the apex, the angles not produced. First recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital nervure, second received just before the middle of the second cubital cell ; third abscissa of the radius nearly twice as long as the second and about equal to the first. Six spines on the basal joint of the fore tarsus. Hab. Mianje, Nyasaland, 2300 ft. (S. A. Neave), October. A very distinct species in colour, inthe position of the first recurrent nervure, and in the even distribution of the pubescence of the tergites. X1LV.—On Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum from Deep-sea Telegraph-Cables. By W.T. Caiman, D.Sc. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Durine the last few years the British Museum (Natural History) has received collections of deep-sea animals taken from telegraph-cables raised for repair in the Atlantic and in Oriental seas. Most of these collections have been obtained by the cable-ships of the Eastern and Associated Telegraph Companies, and the Museum is indebted to Mr. Walter Judd, Electrician-in-Chief of these companies, who has taken much trouble to facilitate the collecting and safe trans- mission of the specimens. The Museum is not less indebted to the captains and other officers, and particularly to the medical officers of the various ships, by whom the collections were actually made and who have supplied exact details of the positions and depths at which the specimens were taken. The following is a list of the ships by which the specimens described in this paper were obtained, and indicates the Barnacles of the Genus Sealpellum. 97 companies to which they belong and the areas in which they were working. The companies belonging to the group of the “Eastern and Associated Telegraph Companies’ are distinguished by an asterisk :— C./S. ‘ Britannia.’ *astern Telegraph Company. Capo Verde Ids, ‘ Electra.’ do. do. Gulf of Aden. ‘Sherard Osborn.’ do, do. Java—Australia. ‘Norseman.’ *Western Telegraph Company. Brazil. * Patrol.’ *Eastern Extension, Austra- Java—Australia. lasia, and China Telegraph Company. ‘ Recorder.’ *Kastern Extension, Austra- Java Sea, lasia and China Telegraph Company. ‘ Colonia.’ Telegraph Construction and Aden-Zanzibar. Maintenance Company. ‘Henry Holmes.’ West India and Panama West Indies. Telegraph Company. The bulk of the collections consists of sessile organisms that were actually attached to the cables, and among these the barnacles are conspicuous by their numbers and, in many cases, by their large size. One of the specimens of Sca/pellum nudipes mentioned below is among the largest of the pedun- culate Cirripedes yet recorded. - While some species of deep-sea Cirripedes are known to have a very wide distribution, occurring in the Atlantic, the Indian, and the Pacific Oceans, there is some evidence that certain species are confined to more restricted habitats. Thus, two of the species recorded below (S. nudipes and S. persona) have been only very recently described by Dr. Annandale from localities not far distant, and probably, indeed, from another part of the same cable. The ‘ new species” that are described here, like many of those already established in the genus Sca/pellum, must not be taken too seriously. A large proportion of the known species of the genus have been described from solitary specimens or from a very few, and we are without the means for forming even the roughest estimate of the limits within which variation may occur. Further, even where a con- siderable number of specimens have been found growing side by side or attached to one another (as in the group of S. bengalense mentioned below), there is reason to believe that they may all belong to a single family, and that the uniformity of character which they show may be, in part, fraternal or filial rather than specific. At the same time Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 7 98 Dr. W. T. Calman on there is some evidence for the constancy of apparently trivial characters in specimens from widely remote localities. A striking example is afforded by S. acutwm, of which I have been able to compare, side by side, specimens from the Kermadec Islands, the Gulf of Aden, and the Cape Verde Islands without finding any noteworthy differences. The classification here adopted is that of Annandale (1910), who retains, in its full extent, the old genus Scalpellum, dividing it only into the two subgenera Smilium and Scal- pellum, s. str. The criticisms of Annandale (1910, 1916) on the more elaborate schemes proposed by Hoek, by Pilsbry, and by Joleaud appear to be, on the whole, well founded. List of Species. Scalpellum (Smilium) trispinosum, Hoek. Java Sea, 75-175 fath. ( ) nudipes, Annendale, Java—Anstralia, 180-500 fath. — ( ) acutum, Hoek. Gulf of Aden, 1200 fath., and Cape Verde Ids., 990 fath. ) bengalense, Annandale. Gulf of Aden, 260 fath. —— (Scalpellum) ecaudatum, sp. n. Java Sea, 73-175 fath. — ( ) velutinum, Hoek. Java—Australia, 400-700 fath., and Aden- Zanzibar, 600 fath. —— (——) annandalei, sp. n. Gulf of Aden, 1200 fath., and Java— Australia, 700 fath. —— (——) regina, Pilsbry. Pernambuco, 50-150 fath. —_( ) regulus, sp. u. Java—Australia, 800-1500 fath. —— ( ) alcockianum, Annandale. Java-—Australia, 700 fath. — (——) juddi, sp.n. Java-Australia, 250-400 fath. — ( ) persona, Annandale. Java—Australia, 400 fath. —— ( ) portoricanum, Pilsbry. Porto Rico, 180 fath. (6 ) rubrum, Hoek. Java Sea, 73-175 tath. —— ( ) nove-zelandie, Hoek. Gulf of Aden, 1200 fath. —— (——) gruvelit, Annandale. Gulf of Aden, 770-1200 fath. ) daccadivicum, Annandale. Java—Australia, 400 fath. al Scalpellum (Smilium) trispinosum, Hoek. Scalpellum trispinosum; Hoek, Rep. ‘ Challenger’ Cirripedia, 1883, p. 72, pl. vi. figs. 15, 16. Calantica trispinosa, Kriiger, Abh. Akad. Wiss. Miinchen, math.-phys. KL, Suppl. Bd. ii. Abh. 6, 1911, p. 11, pl. i. fig. 1, pl. ii. figs. 12, 13. Locality. —Lat. 7° 35' S., long. 114° 30’ 30” E. (Java Sea), 73-115 fath. (C./S. ‘ Recorder’ “4:6, 1 ¢. Remarks.—The specimens agree very closely indeed with the holotype, the largest exceeding it only a little in size (length of capitulum 15 mm.). The lines of growth on the valves are not so sharp or so conspicuous as in Hoek’s figure. There is some variation as regards the acuteness of Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 99 the tergal apex, and the occludent margins of both tergum and scutum may be either straight or concave. The carina has a broadly convex ridge in the middle of the roof, bor- dered by a shallow concavity on each side, and the parietes, which are broad above and narrow below, are inflected at a sharp angle. In a very small specimen (capitular length 4°5 mm.) the carina is more strongly curved than in larger specimens, and its apex, instead of projecting freely, enters between the terga. Kriiger’s specimens reached a much larger size (capitular length 29 mm.), and, in some cases at least, the peduncle greatly exceeded the length of the capitulum. The two subequal rami of the first cirrus have, in one specimen, 13 and 14 segments respectively ; in the sixth cirrus the numbers are 21 and 19. The caudal appendages resemble those figured by Annandale for S. nudipes. The proportions of the penis and the structure of the mouth- parts agree in general with Kriiger’s account. One of the hermaphrodites carried a single dwarf male, about 1:25 mm. in total length, wedged between the occlu- dent margins of the scuta on the outer surface of the adductor muscle. It differs considerably from Kriiger’s figure in having the valves of the capitulum much larger and more regularly formed. It resembles Darwin’s figure of the male S. villosum (§ Lepadidee,’ pl. vi. fig. 4), except that the strongly curved rostrum is much larger, the scutum more than twice as wide as the tergum, and the mtegument without con- spicuous spines, in these respects approaching Annandale’s figure of the male S. nudipes. On one side the base of the rostrum has been cracked, separating off a small plate similar to those found by Annandale on each side of the carina in the male of S. nudipes, and suggesting that the latter plates are also due to accident. Scalpellum (Smilium) nudipes, Annandale. Scalpellum (Smilium) nudipes, Annandale, Journ, Straits Branch Roy. Asiatic Soc. no. 74, 1916, p. 287, pl. iv. fig. 1, pl. v. figs. 1-6, pl. vi. figs. 1, 2. Locality.—Lat. 10° 22' 30”S., long. 120° 7’ 30” E. (Java— Australia), 130-500 fathoms. 1 %,1 ¢%. * This specimen, transferred to the Museum some years ago from the Netley Hospital collection, bears on the label exactly the indications of position and depth given by Annandale for the holotype, with the addi- tional information that, as he suspected, the latitude is south of the line. It may be assumed, therefore, that this specimen also formed part of the collection made by Capt. F. Worsley of the C./S. ‘Sherard Osborn.’ 7% 100 Dr. W. T. Calman on Lat. 11° 0’ S., long. 121° 380’ E. (Java—Australia), 400 fathoms. C./S.‘ Patrol.’ 1 8. Remarks.—The second of thetwo hermaphrodite specimens recorded above measures 63 mm. in length of capitulum by 47 mm. in breadth, and the peduncle is 87 mm. long by about 29 mm. in diameter in the middle. These dimensions are considerably greater than those recorded by Annandale, and show that the species reaches a size not exceeded, if it be attained, by any other member of the genus. Certain slight differences from Annandale’s description are shown by both specimens. ‘The occludent basal angle of the tergum is by no means acute, but, as shown in Annan- dale’s figure, clearly obtuse. Tle apices of both tergum and scutum may be straight or slightly recurved. The median latus (called inframedian and sometimes upper by Annan- dale) is quadrangular, not triangular; its posterior (or carinal) angle does not ‘* dive beneath the carina,” but is broadly truncated, forming a side, the shortest of the four, parallel to the margin of the carina. The apex of the carina is free for a short distance in one specimen, but not in the other ; the roof is bluntly ridged in the middle and flat or faintly concave on each side ; the parietes are very narrow and inflected. The basal half of the carina is straight in one specimen, gently curved in the other. The first cirrus has the rami unequal in length, but with about the same number of segments (20: 21 in one specimen). The penis is laterally compressed in one specimen, as in Annandale’s description, but in the other it is swollen; it does not exceed one-half the length of the sixth cirrus. Annandale states that this species “ would find a place in the genus Calantica as redefined by Pilsbry in 1908.” Pilsbry based the separation of Calantiea from Smilium on the fact that in the former genus there is “no plate inter- posed below the tergum between scutum and carina,” stating that “in othercharacters the two groups are almost identical.” Presumably, therefore, Annandale’s remark was suggested by his impression of the median latus as triangular in form, with its posterior angle overlapped by the carina. As shown above, however, this plate is distinctly quadrilateral, and it is interposed, as clearly as possible, between the scutum and the carina, Sca/pe/lum nudipes is, indeed, well fitted to show that the distinetion between Calantica and Smilium, as defined by Pilsbry, is of little importance (as Pilsbry hin self acknow- ledges), and that Aunandale was justified in disregarding: it. Dr. Annandale goes on to say, “In spite of the absence of Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 101 an upper latus in the hermaphrodite it seems to me to be probably related to such forms as Scalpellum stratum, Auri- villius, from the West Indies, aud S. sinense, Annandale, from the seas of Burma and China.” The affinity of S. nu- dipes with S, sinense is at once evident on comparing the excellent figures that Annandale has given of both species, but I am at a loss to understand the reference to S, stratum. Tn that species, as figured by Aurivillius, there are two median latera, the “upper latus” and the “ inframedian latus”’ ; in the present species, as in S. sinense, there is only one, whatever its proper designation may be. Male.—A very small specimen was attached between the scuta below the level of the adductor muscle in the Netley Hospital specimen. It is less than half the size of the young male figured by Annandale, the capitulum measuring 1*1 mm. in length, and it carries to a greater degree the elongation of the capitulum which Annandale found to distinguish the young from the adult male, the breadth being only 0°7 mm. It further differs very remarkably in having only five calcified valves, there being no trace of a rostrum. The peduncle, about 0°6 mm. in length, is clothed with long sete which are most numerous on the carinal side. The internal structure is not well preserved, but the mandible can be seen to have only three teeth besides the inner angle; there are six pairs of cirri and a short penis, and the caudal appendages are minute, unjointed, with two or three long apical sete. If this be really an earlier stage in the development of the male than those figured by Annandale—and there seems to be no reason to doubt that it is—it infringes im a very signi- ficant fashion the rule that ‘‘in all known males of the genus in which the calcareous armature is not degenerate there are six valves” (Annandale, ¢. c. p. 286). 1t would seem to indicate, in fact, that the rostrum forms no part of the ‘‘ primitive armature,” which is thus reduced to that typical of the family Lepadidee. Scalpellum (Smilium) acutum, Hoek. Scalpellum acutum, Hoek, Rep. ‘Challenger’ Cirripedia, 1883, p. 80, pl. iii. fig. 19, pl. viii. fig. 12; id. ‘Siboga’ Exp. Cirripedia Pedun- culata, 1907, p. 64, pl. vil. fig. 1. S. (Smilium) acutum, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. vy. 1910, p. 154; id. Mem. Ind. Mus, vi. 1916, p. 129, pl. vii. fig. 4. S. longirostrum, Gruvel, Bull. Mus. Paris, vi. 1900, p. 190; Exp.‘ Tra- vailleur’ et ‘Talisman,’ Cirrhipédes, 1902, p. 70, pl. il. figs. 4, 5, pl. iii. figs. 17-21. 102 Dr. W. T. Calman on Localities. Lat. 14° 54/ N., long. 23° 42’ W. (Cape Verde Ids.), 990 fath. C./S. ‘Britannia. 2 8. Lat. 14° 20’ N.; long. 52° 30’ E. (Gulf of Aden), 1200 fath. C./S.‘ Electra” 5 % (N. Annandale det.). Remarks. The seven specimens differ in no noteworthy respect from one another or from a specimen from ‘ Chal- lenger’ Station 170 (near Kermadec Islands), which is the sole survivor of the four syntypes. I find no reason to dissent from the conclusion of Hoek and Annandale that Gruvel’s S. longirostrum is a synonym of this species, although in none of the specimens examined is the sub- carina so tall as in Gruvel’s figure. Two of our speci- mens, in which the capitulum measures 12 mm. in length, are twice as large as any hitherto recorded. ‘The penis is short and the caudal appendages appear to be entirely wanting. Scalpellum (Smilium) bengalense, Annandale. (Text-fig. 1.) Scalpellum hengalense, Annandale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 895; id. Ilustr. Zool. ‘Investigator,’ Crust. Entom. pl. i. fig. 5, ee Stewart, Mem. Ind. Mus. iii. 1911, p. 44, pl. vi. tigs. 7, 10. S. (‘Smilium) bengalense, Annandale, Rec. Ind. Mus. v. 1910, pp. 147, 158, text-fig. 1; id. Mem. Ind. Mus. vi. 1916, p. 129, pl. vi. figs. 3, 4, pl. vii. fig. 3, pl. viii. figs. 1-5. Locality. Lat. 12° 43! N., long. 45° 17' E. (Gulf of Aden), 260 fath. C./S.‘Colonia.? About 50 3,3. Remarks. Annandale has called attention to the resem- blance which the hermaphrodite individuals of this species bear to those of S. sguamuliferwm Weltner—a resemblance so close that they “might almost have been considered specifically identical,’—while the males of the two species are remarkably different. The material now examined confirms this general statement, but shows that the dis- tinguishing characters as given by Annandale require some modification. Scalpellum bengalense was originally described from eight syntypes and the length of the capitulum was given as 10 mm. Annandale later stated that the type-specimens were imma- ture and described “ adult ” specimens, but did not indicate their size ; measurements taken from his figure published in 1916 show the capitular length to be about 14mm. The statement as to the “immaturity ” of the original specimens requires qualification. The British Museum received from Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 103 the Indian Museum in 1906 a specimen labelled “ Ganjam Coast, 98-102 fathoms, Station 106, Marine Survey,” and, although it is not so stated on the label, there can be little doubt that it is one of the eight syntypes. This specimen Bi geain 5 j | i fe f / / ' , ' u ; ! } 7? ' i ‘ 4 ‘ i Pre at e eS A . Scalpellum bengalense. A. Syntype. Outline of body, from the side, to show the dorsal fila- mentary appendages. JB, Carina, C. Scutum, of male specimen. measures only 9 mm. in length of capitulum, but it carries a mass of about 40°eggs in the mantle cavity; it is, there- fore, sexually mature, although it has by no means attained 104 Dr. W. T. Calman on the full size or the definitive characters of the species. The present collection includes a number of specimens exceeding 20 mm. and one which measures 24 mm. in length of capi- tulum, and these differ considerably in general appearance from the small syntype. For comparison | have examined a considerable series of Scalpellum squamuliferum from the Bay of Bengal, received from the Indian Museum, and four specimeus—determined by Gruvel and mentioned by Annandale—stated to come from Singapore. The results of this comparison, as regards the hermaphrodite individuals, may be briefly stated as fullows :— S. bengalense. Valves thinner, separated by distinct inter- | spaces, cuticular covering less opaque. Upper latus with basal margin about as long as the scutal and two- thirds or more of width of scutum, with scuto-tergal angle less acute (75°-90°). Inframedian latus rhom- boidal, hardly wider than high. Rostrum straighter as seen from side. Carina narrower, its width at base less than one-sixth of its length. Peduncle much less strongly annulated, the ridges separated by narrow and shallow grooves. Scelerites of peduncle ovoid or pyri- form nodules, rarely more than twice as long as wide, arranged in oblique rows ascending from rostral to carinal side of peduncle and more or less interrupted on carinal side; even in large specimens these rows, while less regular than in small specimens, are not alto- gether masked by the transverse annulations. Dorsal filamentary appendages usually three in number, sometimes two, or (teste Annandale) absent. S. squamuliferum. Valves thicker, all in contact or nearly so, cuticle more opaque. Upper latus with basal margin one-half to two-thirds as long as scutal, and more than one-half of width of scutum, with scuto- tergal angle more acute (50°-65°). Inframedian latus nearly triangular and about twice as wide as high. Rostrum more curved. Carina wider, its width at base more than one-fifth of its length. Peduncle strongly annulated, the ridges separated by deep grooves which, in places, are wider than the ridges. Scelerites rod- shaped, up to five times as long as thick, crowded together on the ridges and absent from the furrows, so that the arrangement in oblique-rows seen in the young is absent or obscured in large individuals; the Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 105 interruption of the rows on the carinal side is never extensive. ‘Two dorsal filamentary appendages. As regards the filamentary appendages, which Annandale calls “ ovigerous lamelle,”’ and which he states are absent in S. bengalense, their presence in the syntype above men- tioned and in the ten other specimens dissected shows that their absence must be considered exceptional. In the syn- type (fig. 1, A) and in eight of the other specimens there are three of these filaments depending from the tergal surface of the prosoma, a short one being interposed between the two longer and nearer to the posterior one. In one speci- men the short process is reduced to a papilla, and in another the posterior filament gives off two short branches near its base. In two specimens the two long filaments alone are present as in S. squamuliferum. Some half-dozen specimens of the latter species were examined as to this point, and all agreed with Annandale’s description and figures. In none of our specimens of either species is the peduncle much longer than the capitulum. The males, of which only three specimens (two on one hermaphrodite) were found, agree very well in general form with Annandale’s figure of 1910, less well with that of 1916 or with Stewart’s figure of 1911. With regard to the valves of the capitulum, Annandale’s description runs, “ Capitulum entirely without calcified valves, or with a pair of amorphous scuta, or occasionally with minute terga in addition to such scuta”’ (Annandale, 1910, p. 154). Two of our specimens were removed for examination and found to disagree with this account. They show no signs of terga, but possess a pair of scuta (fig. 1,C) which by no means deserve the epithet “amorphous,” and, in addition, a large and symme- trically-developed carina (fig. 1, B). The whole surface of capitulum and peduncle is covered with sete arranged in regular transverse rows. Over the greater part of the surface these sete are uniformly short, but towards the carinal side of the capitulum they become lengthened, forming a thick brush running along each margin of the carina but not covering the carina itself. This brush is roughly indicated in Annandale’s figure of 1910. The males were attached close to the margin of the scutum, external to the adductor muscle and just below a fold of cuticle which forms the lower lip of the mantle-opening. The slender peduncle is curved upwards and backwards over this lip, so that the body of the male projects into the mantle- 106 Dr. W. T. Calman on cavity and hes on the upper surface of the adductor. In S. squamuliferum the males which I have examined were attached in the fossa between the margins of the two scuta, external to or below the adductor muscle *, Scalpellum (Scalpellum) ecaudatum, sp.n. (Text-fig. 2.) Locality. Lat. 7° 35' 8., long. 114° 80’ 30” E. (Java Sea), 73-175 fath. C./S.‘ Recorder.’ 1 9 (holotype). Description.—Capitulum compressed, rather elongated. Valves 14, all in contact, covered with a thin cuticle which does not conceal the sculpturing and carries minute setze scattered, for the most part, in rows along the lines of growth. All the valves boldly sculptured with ribs radiating from the umbones; the lines of growth marked by fine and inconspicuous strize. Terguwm rather more than twice as long as wide, occludent margin straight, scutal margin nearly so, carinal margin convex, becoming straight or faintly concave near the acute apex. Scutwm twice as long as wide, occlu- dent margin convex, other margins straight, apex slightly overlapping tergum. Carina less than five times as long as it is wide at the base, evenly curved, with the umbo apical, entering between the terga, with a flat roof bordered by strong ridges; parietes rather deep, sloping inwards. Upper latus quadrangular, scutal margin very slightly con- cave, longer than the others, which are straight. Rostrum small, triangular, overlapped at sides by rostral latera. Rostral latus more than three times as wide as it is high, with a pair of horizontal ribs converging to the umbo. Inframedian latus very narrow, the sides converging to the umbo, then diverging slightly in a small apical extension beyond. Carinal latus with the recurved umbo projecting behind and to the side of the carina; the convex margin below the umbo less than half as long as the straight margin above it which abuts against the carina; the two latera meet below the square base of the carina (fig. 2, B). Peduncle a little shorter than capitulum, closely set with imbricated scales in about 14 longitudinal rows of 11 scales each, * The statements as to the place of attachment of the males in the genus Scalpellum in my account of the Crustacea in Lankester’s ‘Treatise on Zoology’ (pt. vii. fase. 3, p. 119) are, unfortunately, mis- leading. The less-moditied males are, as a rule, attached in the position described above for S. sguamuliferum. The more highly modified males ave usually lodged in fossettes on the scutal margins. I know of no case where they are placed far within the mantle-cavity in this genus. Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 107 Mandible (fig. 2,C) with four teeth (including inner angle), the interval between the two distal nearly twice that between the two proximal teeth. Mavillula (fig. 2, D) with inner edge Fig. 2. Scalpellum ecaudatum, holotype. A. Capitulum, from the side. C. Mandible. D. Maxillula. B. Base of carina and earinal latera. concave or notched below a distal group of strong spines. first cirrus with rami unequal, of 9 and 11 segments, exopod 108 Dr. W. T. Calman on not greatly expanded. Siath cirrus with rami of about 22 segments, middle segments bearing four pairs of spines anteriorly and a group of long distal sete posteriorly; no conspicuous spines or setz on inner face of endopod seg- ments. Caudal appendages absent. Penis absent. No males were found. Measurements. Length of capitulum 13:0 mm., breadth 7-0 mm.; length of peduncle 10 mm., diameter 4°5 mm. Remarks. Tn Hoek’s classification of the genus this species would find a place in the section (or subgenus) drcoscal- pellum and in “ Group c,” of which S. hamatum is the type. From most of the species forming this group it is dis- tinguished by the strongly ribbed valves, resembling in this respect some species of Hoek’s ‘Group d” (S. formosum, &c.); but it appears to be separated from all the members of both groups by the very low rostro-lateral plates. The structure of the appendages does not appear to have been described in any closely related species, but the complete absence of caudal appendages is, at all events, very unusual in the genus. Gruvel mentions, as the only example of this defi- ciency, the widely different S. villosum, and to this, as mentioned above, the hardly less different S. acutum must now be added. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) velutinum, Hoek. Scalpellum velutinum, Hoek, Rep. ‘Challenger’ Cirripedia, 1883, p. 96, pl. iv. figs. 10, 11, pl. ix. figs. 7-9; Gruvel, Exp. ‘Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman,’ Cirrhipédes, 1902, pp. 56, 136, pl. i. figs. 8 e, 14, pl. iii. figs. 1, 27-31, pl. iv. figs. 6, 11-22; Pilsbry, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. Ix. 1907, p. 26, pl. ii. figs. 2,3; Annandale, Illustr. Zool. ‘ Investi- gator,’ Crust. Entom. pl. iv. fig. 7 (1908) ; id. Ree. Indian Mus. ix. 1918, p. 229. S. eximium, Hoek, Rep. ‘Challenger’ Cirripedia, 1883, p. 100, pl. iv. figs. 6, 7, pl. ix. figs. 10, 10*. S. sordidum, Aurivillius, Bull. Soe. Zool. France, xxiii. 1898, p. 190. S. alatum, Gruvel, Bull. Mus. Paris, vi. 1900, p. 192. Localities. Lat. 8° 46’ S., long. 114° 44’ HE. (Java— Australia), 400 fath. C./S. ‘Recorder. 1 ?. Lat. 10° 45’ S., long. 120° 50’ EH. (Java—Australia), 700-fath. C./S.* Patrol? Tee Lat. 11° 0' S., long. 121° 30’ E. (Java—Australia), 500 fath. C./S.‘ Patrol’ 3 @. Lat. 11° 0’ S., long. 122° 0’ E. (Java—Australia), 600 fath. C./S. ‘ Patrol?, “Sage Aden-Zanzibar cable, about 600 fath. C./S. ‘Colonia.’ Po Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 109 Remarks. Gruvel and other writers have already admitted a considerable range of variation in the characters of this species, and I therefore record as belonging to it a number of specimens which differ a good deal from one another and from the holotype. Most of the specimens group them- selves round Hoek’s paratypes from Cape St. Vincent, and with this series the holotype of S. eximium may be asso- ciated, as well as most of the specimens described or figured by later authors. The holotype of S. velutinum differs especially in having much wore numerous, narrower, and more closely set peduncular scales. In addition, the tergum is longer and narrower, the scuto-tergal angle of the upper latus is more acute (about 47°), and that valve has no por- tion of its convex base touching or opposed to the carina. The specimen recorded above from lat. 10° 45’ S., long. 120° 50! E., differs a good deal from all the others, and is only placed here with some doubt. The width of the carina at the base is hardly more than one-fifth of its length, and the marginal ridges of the roof are wanting altogether in the lower half and only slightly marked towards the apex. The upper latus has the scuto-tergal angle less acute (about 70°), and the curved basal margin extends upwards alongside the carina for some distance, the tergum being correspondingly shorter. In all the specimens the caudal appendages are rather stout and do not differ greatly in length from the peduncle of the sixth cirrus. They seem to consist of from four to six segments, but, as Gruvel notes, some of the seven or eight segments which he counts are very indistinct. The carina is by no means always, as Pilsbry states, ‘‘ squarely truncate ” below; in many specimens jit is rounded or even, as in the holotype of Hoek’s S. eximium, distinctly angled. In none of our specimens is there any trace of a penis. Annandale’s record from 1200 fathoms (Rec. Ind. Mus. ix. 1903, p. 230) refers, as shown below, not to this but to the next species. Scalpelluin (Scalpellum) annandalei, sp. 0. (Text-fig. 3.) Locality.— Lat. 14° 20’ N., long. 52° 30/ BE, (Gulf of Aden), 1200 fath. C./S. ‘Electra.’ 1 § (holotype). Lat. 10° 45’ S., long. 120° 50’ EH. (Java—Australia), 700 fath. C./S.‘ Patrol.’ 1 8 (paratype). Description.—Capitulum oblong-oval, its height more than A. Lateral view before removal of cuticle. B. Capitulum with cuticle ~ removed to show outline of caleareous valves. C. Rostrum and I). Base of carina and carinal latera. E. Mandible. F’. Base of sixth cirrus and caudal appendage. rostral lateia. Sca’pellum annandalei, holotype. . 4 Ay Thee : all Dr. W. T. Calman on ¥ / Fig. 3. Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 1 half as great again as its width, the 14 valves covered with opaque “cuticle, only the umbones exposed (fig. 3, A), the surface with avery short velvety pile; on removing the cuticle the valves are seen to be separated by rather wide chitinous interspaces (fig. 3, B). Tergum quadrilateral, with nearly straight sides, about twice as long as wide, with rather widely spaced and not very prominent lines of growth, and with a faint ridge running from the apex to the basal angle; the straight occludent margin forms a slight angle with that of the scutum. Scutum triangular, with the inner margin obtusely angled about its middle, so that the valve becomes almost quadrilateral, about twice as high as it is wide, apex very slightly recurved, occludent margin slightly convex. Carina simply bowed, nearly straight im its lower half, umbo apical, touching but not entering between the terga, lower end rounded, more or less widely separated from carinal latera (fig. 3, D) ; roof strongly convex, not defined from the parietes. Upper latus triangular, with umbo at the acute scuto-tergal angle, basal and tergal margins convex, scutal margin concave. Rostral latera (fig. 3,C) very low, apices incurved, separated by the minute rostrum. Infra- median latus small, triangular, about as high as it is wide at the base. Carinal /atus much wider than high, not projecting behind the carina, umbo at upper end, a more or less distinct ridge extending from umbo toinnerangle. The two carinal latera do not meet behind (fig. 8, D). Peduncle short, with large plates, not imbricated, arranged in six longitudinal rows of about five plates each. Free margins of plates rounded except in the carinal series, where they are bluntly angled. Mandible (fig. 3, EZ) with four teeth (including inner angle), the interval between the two distal twice that between the second and third. Cirrt purplish or greenish. First cirrus with rami of about 9 and 14 segments. Siwth cirrus with rami of about 86 segments which about the middle bear three pairs of long spines anteriorly with a few finer sctze between. Caudal appendages (fig. 3, F) in holotype less than twice as long as peduncle of sixth cirrus, with 13 segments, in paratype more than twice as long as peduncle and with 25 segments. Penis about as long as caudal appendages, tapering, without conspicuous sete. Measurements.—Length of capitulum 20 mm., breadth 12°5 mm. ; length of peduncle 11 mm., diameter 7 mm. Remarks.—This_ species belongs to the group Arco- scalpellum, and by its wide carinal latera with the umbo b id be Dr. W. T. Calman on near the upper margin, its valves separated by wide inter- Spaces, and its carina with a rounded roof it is brought into proximity with such forms as S. giganteum, Gruvel. From that species it is separated by the narrower and more oblong form of the capitulum withstraighter carina, by the differently shaped carinal latus with the upper angle not above the level of the umbo, and by the long and many-jointed caudal appendages. The specimen described as the holotype formed part of a small collection which was kindly determined for the British Museum some years ago by Dr. Annandale. By some mischance, which cannot now be explained, the speci- men was returned bearing the label “ S. velutinum,” although its distinctness from that species seems obvious to a much less practised eye than Dr. Annandale’s. Unfortunately the record has been published by Dr. Annandale (Rec. Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 230). The paratype, although from a widely distant locality, agrees very closely with the holotype in external characters. It differs, however, in having the caudal appendages longer and composed of a larger number of segments. It is possible that the specimen figured by Hoek in his ‘Siboga’ Report (p. 85, pl. vii. fig. 13) as S. moluccanum belongs to the species here described. The figure, however, shows the capitulum to be a good deal wider, and some’ details of the valves can hardly be reconciled with the specimens examined by me. The true S. moluccanum, as represented by the holotype in the ‘ Challenger’ collection, is widely different from the present species ; it has the roof of the carina angled in the middle and separated by well- marked angles from the parietes, the valves all in contact or nearly so, the rostral latera much deeper, and the caudal appendages of seven segmeuts. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) regina, Pilsbry. Scalpellum regina, Pilsbry, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus, lx, 1907, p. 31, pl. ii. firs 4-6, Locality.—Lat. 7° 87' S., long. 34° 264’ W. (off Pernam- buco), 50-150 fath. C./S. ‘Norseman.’ 2 &. Remarks.—In general these specimens agree so closely with Pilsbry’s description and figures that there can be little doubt that they belong to the species described by him. ‘I'he most conspicuous difference is the greater width of the scutum, which is not twice as long as wide (16x 29 mm.). Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 113 The carina of one specimen shows faint traces of marginal ridges to the roof. The rostral latus, and especially the inframedian latus, are wider than the figure, the latter valve being about twice as wide as high. Pilsbry does not describe any of the appendages. The mandible has four teeth, the interval between the two distal less than twice that between second and third. The cirri are pale. The first cirrus has rami not very unequal, with 18 and 20 segments, and the exopod is slender in its distal third. The sivth cirrus has 86 segments in the exopod, with five pairs of spines on the middle segments. The caudal appendages are about half as long as the sixth cirrus, with 26-380 segments. The penis is slightly longer than the caudal appendages, slender, tapering, with a few scattered setze on its distal part. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) regulus, sp. n. (Text-fig. 4.) Locality.—Lat. 9° 15'S., long. 115° 10’ E. (Java—Aus- tralia), 800-1500 fath. C./S.‘ Patrol.’ 22. Description—Resembling S. regina, Pilsbry. Valves covered with opaque velvety cuticle with only the umbones exposed ; separated from each other by rather wide chitinous interspaces; with well-marked but not prominent and rather widely-spaced lines of growth. Tergum nearly twice as long as wide, occludent margin straight, carinal margin strongly and scutal margin slightly convex ; no distinct apico-basal ridge. Scutuwm less than twice as long as wide, occludent margiu nearly straight, lateral margin convex, passing without marked angle into the straight tergal margin ; apex acuminate, slightly recurved. Carina arcuate throughout its length, less than six times as long as wide at base; umbo apical, entering between terga, roof slightly convex, without marginal ridges, parietes very narrow, at right angles to roof, base rounded or angled. Upper latus with tergal margin convex and scutal margin concave, so that the acute apex is turned forwards ; carino-basal margin convex, forming an almost even curve. Rostrum very small, trian- gular, separating the rostral latera. Rostral latus low, with an oblique ridge from the umbo. Jnframedian latus trian- cular, nearly equilateral. Carnal latus shaped. much as in S. regina, but with umbo closely appressed to, and not pro- jecting behind, the carina (fig. 4, B). Peduncle about as long as capitulum, with large over- lapping scales arranged in 10-12 rows of 11-18 scales each. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. 1. 8 114 Dr. W. T. Calman on Mandible (fig..4, C) with four teeth, interval between the two distal only a little greater than that between second and third. Ciéirri purplish, lighter towards the tip. Rami of Scalpellum regulus, holotype. A, Lateral view, with cuticle removed from capitulum. B. Base of’ carina and carinal latera. C. Mandible. D. First cirrtis (sete omitted). EK. Base of sixth cirrus and caudal appendage. first cirrus (fig. 4, D) with 8 and 12 segments, exopod not very slender distally. Si#th cirrus with about 30 segments in exopod, with five pairs of spines on middle segments. ee Eee a Se < o eat t Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 115 Caudal appendages (fig. 4, E) equal to or a little longer than peduncle of sixth cirrus, of 4 or 5 segments. Penis absent. - Measurements.— Length of capitulum 36 mm., breadth 22 mm. ; length of peduncle 35 mm., diameter 13. mm. Remarks.— Regarding only the characters of the capitular plates, the differences separating this species from S, regina are so little marked as hardly to suffice for the discrimination of-the species. The most important, perhaps, are the form of the upper latus, with its acute and curved apex, and the less projecting umbo of the carinal latus. The value of these differences, however, is greatly enhanced by the very striking differences shown by the appendages. The mandible has a relatively smaller interval between ‘the distal teeth; the cirri are shorter and the rami of the first cirrus have fewer segments ; the caudal appendages are very short and com- posed of few segments, and the penis is absent. In certain characters, such as the form of the upper latus and the number of segments in the cirri and caudal appendages, the species approaches S. regium, but it differs widely from it in the form of the carinal latus, which in that species is much higher and has an apical umbo. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) alcockianum, Annandale. Scalpellum alcockianum, Annandale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 392; id. Illustr. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ Crust. Entom. pl. i. fig. 2, pl. it. figs. 2-2 6 (1907) 3 id. Rec. ‘Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 229; id. Mem. Ind. Mus. vi. 1916, p. 129, pl. vi. figs. 5-5 0. Locality.—Lat. 10° 45' S., long. 120° 50’ E. (Java—Aus- tralia), 700 fath. C./S.‘ Patrol.” 1 8. Remarks.—The specimen, which has almost exactly the dimensions recorded by Annandale except that the peduncle is a little longer, agrees very well with a somewhat smaller specimen received from the Indian Museum, and apparently one of the syntypes. In both specimens the capitulum is inflated in its upper part, less strongly in the syntype than in the new specimen, where the main swelling seems to be over the areas between the tergum and neighbouring valves ; the swelling is not due to a thickening of the wall, but to an expansion of the mantle-cavity. In the present specimen the calcareous valves are rather’ more widely separated than in the syntype, the occludent margins of terga and scuta form an even curve rather than a projecting angle, and the upper latus has its scutal margin more concave. In both specimens the scutum is more than S* 116 Dr. W. T. Calman on twice as long as its basal width. In the new specimen the mandible has the proximal tooth more produced and acute than in Annandale’s figure and the interval between it and the second equal to that between the second and third teeth ; there is no accessory tooth on the inner margin of the distal tooth. The rami of the first cirrus have 10 and 15 seg- ments and the caudal appendages, which are little less than half as long as the sixth cirri, have about 22 segments. No males are attached to either specimen. In Annandale’s key to the Indian species of the subgenus Scalpellum (Rec. Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 228) the entry relating to this species should apparently read “ margins of tergum moderately excavated,” imstead of “ not excavated.” ’ Scalpellum (Scalpellum) juddi, sp. 1. (Text-figs. 5, 6, 7.) Localities.—Lat. 11° 0' S., long. 121° 30’ E. (Java—Aus- tralia), 400 fath. C./S.‘ Patrol” 1 ? (holotype). Lat. 10° 25'S., long. 120° 8’ E. (Java—Australia), 250 fath. C./S. ‘Patrol.’ 1 ¢ with ¢ 3 (paratype). Description.—Female, Capitulum compressed, oval, notched above, with 14 calcareous valves embedded in—and, except at the umboneés, entirely concealed by—a thick cartilaginous layer. On the outer surface, which is covered with a very short velvety pubescence, the areas of the valves are defined by grooves and the lines of growth are strongly marked (fig. 5,A). On paring away the cartilaginous layer the calcareous valves are seen to be widely separated, but with the margins not markedly excavated and with the lines of growth shallow and rather widely spaced (fig. 5, B). The following description apples to the calcareous valves, not to the superficial areas, except where the latter are mentioned. Tergum irregularly triangular, apex projecting above that of carina, recurved; carinal margin angled above the middle, upper portion concave, lower straight or slightly convex ; scutal margin slightly sinuous; occludent margin slightly convex, forming an even curve with margin of scutum. Scutum triangular, basal width more than half its height, apex overlapping tergum, occludent margin slightly convex, other two sides nearly straight, inner angle rounded. Carina eveuly curved, its apex projecting freely for a short distance and touching or entering between the terga, its base rounded and widely separated from carinal latera; roof strongly convex, defined by a slight ridge on each side from the Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 117 narrow parietes (holotype) or slightly convex, forming prominent angles with the parietes (paratype). Upper latus triangular, base convex, scutal margin very slightly concave. Rostrum (fig. 5,C) a horizontal triangular plate, deeply o ad -"-r ? re a Scalpellum juddi, holotype. A. Lateral view before removal of cuticle. B. Capitulum with cuticle removed to show outline of caleareous valves. C. Rostrum and rostral latera. D. Base of carina and carinal latera. embedded, overlapped by rostral latera. Rostral latus also nearly horizontal, so that hardly more than the edge is seen in lateral view; apices incurved and separated only by apex 118 Dr. W. T. Calman on ofrostrum. Inframedian latus small, triangular, set obliquely with the apex near the surface and the base deeply embedded. Carinal latus also set obliquely, much broader than high, with umbo in line with upper margin, recurved and slightly projecting laterally but hardly posteriorly, not meeting its fellow below the carina (fig.5, D). The outline of the carinal Scalpellum judd, holotype. A. Exopod of sixth cirrus and caudal appendage (seta omitted). B. Caudal appendage. C. Mandible. D. Maxillula. latus as defined by grooves on the external surface differs widely from that of the calcareous valve just described, extending well above the umbo, having three points or angles, one between carina and upper latus, one between Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 119 upper and inframedian latera, and one meeting the carinal angle of the inframedian latus ; to each of these points a strong curved ridge runs from the umbo. Peduncle about as long as or shorter than capitulum, with large transverse plates, not overlapping, widely spaced in holotype, more closely set in paratype, in five longitudinal rows of ]1 to 15 plates. ; Mandible (fig. 6,C) with four teeth, the middle interspace the shortest. Mazillula (fig. 6,D) with oral edge sinuous, with a large spine at its proximal third and another at its Fig. 7 to) Scalpellum juddi, holotype. A. Segment of exopod of sixth cirrus. B. First cirrus (sete omitted). distal end. Cirri pale purplish. First cirrus (fig. 7, B) with exopod much expanded, of 12 segments, endopod of 16. Sixth cirrus with about 88 segments in exopod, five pairs of long spines with shorter setze between on middle segments (fig. 7, A). Caudal appendages (fig. 6, A, B) equal to peduncle of sixth cirrus, of six segments (holotype), or a little longer than peduncle, of eight segments (paratype). Penis abseut. Male. In the paratype about fifteen males and larve were attached inside the margin of the scutum on one side and three or four on the other. The males are saccular or flask- shaped, with a very short neck, and the outer surface is 120 Dr. W. T. Calman on spinose. Four very small calcified valves are clearly visible in some specimens, but in others no trace of these is to be detected. Measurements.—Female (holotype). Length of capitulum 43 mm., breadth 86 mm., thickness 19 mm.; length of peduncle 48 mm., diameter 21 mm. Male. About 0°8 x 0°45 mm. Remarks.—A group of species within the section Arco- scalpellum of Hoek is characterized by the great thickness of the cartilaginous substance of the capitulum, so that the calcareous valves are entirely or all but entirely concealed. The group includes, in Oriental seas, S. alcockianum and S. persona, Annandale, from both of which the species now described is separated by the brevity of the caudal appendages and by various small characters of the calcareous valves, the non-excavated margins of the terga being perhaps the most important. In the Atlantic the most closely related species is S. giganteum, Gruvel, which is distinguished by various details of the capitular valves and by the truncate, almost clavate, form of the short caudal appendages. From all these species that now described appears to differ further in the flattened parietes of the carina and in having no penis. This last character is probably of great importance as a specific distinction, although Pilsbry has stated that in S. regium the penis may be present or absent (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. lx. 1907, p. 28), or, in other words, the large individuals of the species may be either hermaphrodite or purely female *. The specific name is chosen in recognition of the part taken by Mr. Walter Judd in obtaining for the Museum the very interesting collection now described. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) persona, Annandale. Scalpellum persona, Aunandale, Jour. Straits Branch. Roy. Asiatic Soc. No. 74, 1916, p. 295, pl. iv. fig. 8, pl. v. figs. 7, 8, pl. vi. fies, 3-5. Locality.—Lat. 8° 46' S., long. 114° 44’ E. (Java—Aus- tralia), 400 fath. C./S. ‘Recorder.’ 8 8. Remarks.—The specimens agree well with the descriptions * Pilsbry implies that only one specimen of S. regiwm was examined by Hoek as to this character. There were at least six syntypes, but only two now survive, and one of these is imperfect ; the other has no penis. On the other hand, the holotype of S. regiwm, var. ovale (which, from other characters, may possibly deserve specific rank), has a penis. Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 121 and figures of Annandale, but the largest is only about two- thirds of the size shown by his figure (no measurements are recorded in the text). Further, the surface of the capitulum, instead of being glabrous, is covered with a very short and fine velvety pubescence with longer hairs scattered at intervals. The largest specimen shows an inflation of the capitulum like that described above in S. alcockianum. The angular projection of the peduncular scales is very prominent and characteristic. The cirri are light-coloured. The caudal appendages are about twice as long as the peduncle of the sixth cirrus and have 13 to 16 segments. No males were found. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) portoricanum, Pilsbry. Scalpellum portoricanum, Pilsbry, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. lx. 1907, p. 35, text-fig. 8. Locality.—Lat. 18° 31' N., long. 66° 19’ W. (Off Porto Rico), 180 fath. C./S.‘ Henry Holmes.’ 2 8%. Remarks.—The two specimens differ from the description of the typical S. portoricanum in having the cuticle covered with a close but very short velvety pile (the subspecies intonsum is said to be “‘ rather densely hairy”). The valves are all in contact, as in the figure of the subspecies. The marginal ridges of the carina are obsolescent and the area between them slightly convex ; the base of the carina is angled. The carinal latera do not spread outwards quite so much as in the figures. The rostral latus approaches closely the proportions of that figured for the typical form. The inframedian latus is wider at the base than it is high, but shows the characteristic curvature of the apex towards the scutum. The peduncle is as long as the capitulum. The peduncular plates of the larger specimen are more trans- versely elongated than in tie figure of the type and not close-set and overlapping as in that of the subspecies. There are seven longitudinal rows of about eleven plates in the larger specimen. ‘I'he capitular valves show traces of a reddish colouring arranged in bands following the lines of growth. Although the larger of our two specimens is more than twice the size of the holotype, the agreement in all characters except those mentioned above appears close enough to warrant its identification with this species. No account of the appendages is given by Pilsbry. The 122 Dr. W. T. Calman on following particulars are taken from the larger of our specimens. Mandible with four teeth, the interval between the two distal not quite twice that between first and second. First cirrus with exopod considerably expanded, segments 12and 15. Sixth cirrus with about 35 segments in exopod, five pairs of spines on middle segments with shorter sete between, no conspicuous sete on inner face of endopod. Caudal appendages as long as peduncle of sixth cirrus, slender, with a stouter base, consisting of about 7 segments. Penis stout, tapering to an acute tip, at least half as long as sixth cirrus. This species is evidently closely allied to the Malayan S. sociabile, Annandale, a species which, like that of Pilsbry, includes named varieties. As regards the capitular valves, the differences between West Indian and Malayan specimens are not great, the relatively longer carina extending beyond the distal third of the tengum in the present species, and the more complete disappearance of the marginal ridges of that valve in S. sociabile being perhaps the most important. The scuto-tergal angle of the upper latus is more acute in S. sociabile. The caudal appendages, however, differ con- siderably. In S. sociabile the basal segment is greatly expanded, and exceeds the length of the distal segments together. In S. portoricanum the basal segment is little expanded and not more than half as long as the distal portion. If our specimens are correctly identified with Pilsbry’s species their occurrence so near the type-locality is suggestive of a very restricted area of distribution. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) rubrum, Hoek. Scalpellum rubrum, Hoek, Rep. ‘ Challenger ’ Cirripedia, 1883, p. 91, pl. iv. fig. 18; Pilsbry, Bull. Bur, Fish. Washington, ‘xxix. 1911, p. 62, pl. viii. figs. 1-4, text-fig. 1. Locality —Lat. 7° 85’ S8., long. 114° 30’ 80’ EK. (Java Sea), 78-175 fath. C./S. ‘ Recorder. 1:9. Remarks.—The holotype in the ‘ Challenger’ collection is very minute (length of capitulum 5 mm.), but Pilsbry has described and figured specimens of 17 mm. capitular length. The specimen in the present collection is nearly twice as large (capit. length 32 mm.) as those described by Pilsbry, but is without doubt referable to the same species. It shows no trace of red coloration except on the upper part of the roof of the carina. The tergum is more than twice Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. 123 as long as wide and its occludent margin is nearly straight. The rostral latus is a good deal lower than in Pilsbry’s figure and the inframedian latus is twice as broad at the base as it is high. The fifth cirri have about 25 segments, the median ones with four to five pairs of large and one pair of smaller spines anteriorly, and five to seven sete on inner face of middle segments of endopod. The caudal appendages are very slender and have about 20 segments. The penis is about half as long as the sixth pair of cirri, stout, tapering, and pilose except near the tip. Pilsbry describes it as “extremely long and slender, with some short, very sparsely scattered, hairs.”” In other respects the specimen agrees very well. with Pilsbry’s account. The minute holotype, which is now somewhat imperfect, agrees generally with Pilsbry’s figure, although with slight differences in the proportions of the plates, no doubt correlated with the great difference in size. The caudal appendages have about 6 or 7 segments and do not exceed the peduncle of the sixth cirri in length. One characteristic feature shown by the holotype, by Pilsbry’s figure, and very conspicuously by the present specimen, is the prominence of the carinal row of peduncular plates which project as a series of teeth, bluntly angular and shghtly curved downwards, Scalpellum (Scalpellum) nove-zelandie, Hoek. Scalpellum nove-zelandie, Hoek, Rep. ‘ Challenger’ Cirripedia, 1883, p- 124, pl. v. figs. 7,8; Gruvel, Exp. ‘ Travailleur’ et ‘Talisman,’ Cirhipédes, 1902, p. 54, pl. ii. tigs. 12, 13,15; Annandale, Ilustr. Zool. ‘ Investigator’ Crust. Entom. pl. v. fig. 7 (1908) ; id. Rec. Ind. Mus. ix. 1913, p. 231. Locality. —Uat. 14° 20' N., long. 52° 30' E. (Gulf of Aden), 1200 fath. _©./S..* Electra 2 9. Remarks..—Our specimens were identified by Dr. Annan- dale and I leave them under the name which he gave them. It is to be noted, however, that the larger of the two (capitular length 17 mm.) has the roof of the carina distinctly convex and the apex extending further towards the tip of the tergum than it does in the holotype. Both features tend to assimilate the specimen to the closely alhed S. flavum, Hoek. ‘The other specimen differs still more from the holotype, but as it is much damaged it seems unnecessary to discuss its characters at length. 124 On Barnacles of the Genus Scalpellum. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) gruvelii, Annandale. Scalpellum gruvelii, and var. quadratum, Annandale, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 8390; id. Herdman’s Rep. Ceylon Pearl Oyster Fisheries, Roy. Soc. v. 1906, p. 141, text-fig. 4; id. Illustr. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ Crust. Entom. pl. i. fig. 1, pl. i1. figs. 1, 1 a, 3 (1907); id. Ree. Ind. Mus. ix. 19138, p. 232. Scalpellum chitinosum, Hoek, ‘ Siboga’ Exp., Cirripedia Pedunculata, 1907, p. 738, pl. vii. fig. 4. Localities —Lat. 12° N., long. 46° E. (Gulf of Aden), (7/0 fath. _-C./8.s Colonia.’ >, 1597. Iuat.” 14° 20', N.;. long. 52°°30' E. (Gulf of Aden); 1200 fath. C./S. ‘ Electra” 19. (Annandale det.) Remarks.—In view of the variability’ which Annandale attributes to this species, and of the fact that one of the specimens was determined by him, they may both be recorded under this name, although I am not altogether satisfied as to the characters that are said to distinguish the species from some others, such as S. curiosum, Hoek. In the characters of the cirri and of the mandible one of our specimens agrees well with the figures given by Pilsbry (Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus. Ix. 1907, p. 75) for his S. imperfectum, which Annandale suggests as a possible synonym for this species. Scalpellum (Scalpellum) laccadivicum, Annandale. Scalpellum laccadivicum and var. investigatoris, Annandale, Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 393; id. Illustr. Zool. ‘ Investi- gator,’ Crust. Entom. pl. i. figs. 8, 4 (1907); id. Rec. Ind. Mus. ix. . 1913, p. 235. Scalpellum subflavum, id. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) xvii. 1906, p. 397 ; id. Illustr. Zool. ‘ Investigator,’ Crust. Entom. pl. i. fig. 6 (1907). Scalpellum polymorphum, Hoek, ‘Siboga’ Exp., Cirripedia Pedun- culata, 1907, p. 80, pl. vii. figs. 9-11. Locality.—Lat. 8° 46' 8., long. 114° 44/ E. (Java—Aus- tralia), 400 fath. C./S.‘ Recorder. 19. Remarks.—The synonomy given by Annandale and repro- duced above implies a range of variation that may well include our single specimen which approaches Annandale’s S. subflavum. It seems also possible that S. longius and S. lambda, Annandale, concerning the specific distinctness of which from one another Annandale expresses himself as doubtful, might also be included within the limits of the same specific name. On new Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 125 XV.—Descriptions of New Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. By Sir Greorce F. Hampson, Bart., F.Z.S., &e. (Continued from ser, 8, vol. xx. p. 384.] (27 a) Pilocrocis metachrysias, sp. n. 3. Head and thorax black-brown glossed with silvery blue ; abdomen orange-yellow, the anal tuft black-brown at extremity with a leaden gloss; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen orange-yellow, the fore tarsi black at extremities, the mid and hind tarsi with black streaks below towards extremities. Fore wing black-brown glossed with silvery blue to beyond end of cell and on inner area to middle, the rest of wing glossed with purple. Hind wing orange-yellow, the terminal area black-brown glossed with purple, broadly at costa and narrowing to a point at termen at vein 2; the underside with the costa purplish black-brown to towards base. Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 38 mm. (81a) Pilocrocis cupreinitens, sp. n. @. Head and thorax dark brown with a bronze gloss ; abdomen black-brown with whitish bands on basal segments, then with some white irroration ; antennz black-brown ; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white; legs cupreous brown, the tarsi banded blackish and white. Fore wing dark brown glossed with brown; a small whitish spot at base of cell; a brownish white antemedial spot from below costa to median nervure defined on each side by black bars, then an oblique black line; a brownish white medial bar from below costa to median nervure defined on each side by black lines, the line on its inner side continued to submedian fold; a minute white spot in end of cell and a sinuous black line just beyond the cell from below costa to vein 4; a broad whitish band suffused with bronze-brown beyond the cell, extending to beyond the postmedial line and below the cell to the line from the medial bar; postmedial line black, excurved and waved from vein 6 to 3, then bent inwards to below angle of cell and oblique to inner margin ; cilia whitish tinged with bronze-brown and with blackish line at middle. Hind wing white tinged with bronze-brown, the terminal area broadly dark brown glossed with bronze; a quadrate discoidal spot defined by black ; an oblique black shade from middle of cell to inner margin ; postmedial line black, slightly bent inward at vein 2, then oblique to inner margin, slightly diffused on inner side at discal fold; cilia with white line at base and black line at middle, the tips white mixed with black-brown. Hab. Jamatca (Jackson), 2 Q type. Exp. 36 mm. 126 Sir G. F. Hampson on new (32¢) Pilocrocis caustichroalis, sp. n. @. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow suffused with brick-red ; antenne tinged with brown except at base; palpi with the basal joint and the 2nd joint in front towards base pure white, the rest of 2nd joint deeper red; the fore tibia banded with white, the mid tibiee white below, the fore and mid tarsi white; ventral surface of abdomen whitish tinged with rufous. Fore wing yellowish suffused with brick-red ; antemedial line red-brown, erect to median nervure, then oblique to above vein 1 and again erect to inner margin: a minute red-brown spot in upper part of middle of cell and discoidal bar; postmedial line red-brown, erect to vein 5, then minutely waved to above vein 2, then retracted to lower angle of cell and excurved above inner margin; cilia with brownish ‘line at middle and whitish tips. Hind wing yellowish suffused with brick-red, the costal area white to beyond middle; an oblique red- brown. discoidal bar; postmedial line red- brown, ereer to discal fold, then oblique and slightly waved to above vein 2, then retracted and almost obsolete to lower angle of cell and oblique to inner margin ; a faint punctiform brownish terminal line; cilia with brownish line at middle and whitish tips. Hab, Perv, Yahuarmayo (Watkins), 1 2 type. Exp. 30mm. (85a) Piletocera nigridentalis, sp. n. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale yellow, the head with small black spot between antenne, the patagia with black spot at middle, the abdomen with a few black scales and subdorsal spots on 8rd and 5th segments; palpi with the 3rd joint black; fore femora suffused with black above, the tibize with black band at extremity. Fore wing pale yellow, the terminal area slightly tinged with rufous ; a biaele spot ‘at eee antemedial line black, Hilaed into a small spot below costa, oblique to submedian fold and with some black scales before it on inner margin; a black spot in middle of cell and ellip- tical discoidal spot ; postmedial line black, dilated towards costa, rather oblique to vein 4, then inwardly oblique, dentate, angled inwards at vein 2 and forming a spotat inner margin. Hind wing pale yellow, the terminal area “tinged with rufous; a black discoidal spot ; postmedial line black, arising at vein 6, very oblique to vein 4, then highly dentate, a broad blackish shade bey ond it. Hab. Br. a “APRICA, Fog Valley (Weave), 1 3 type, Mt. Mlanje (Neave),2 9. Hup., 5.22, 2 26 mm. (le) Ulopeza disjunctalis, sp. n. 3. Head orange-yellow; tegule and prothorax yellowish suffused’ with red-brown, the rest ai thorax and abdomen dark brown with a leaden grey gloss ; antenne black; pectus, legs, and ventral surface => ees Mt aie T Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 127 of abdomen except at extremity yellowish white, the coxze and femora and tibie at extremities black, the genital tufts yellow tinged with rufous. Fore wing dark brown with a strong cupreous eloss,. the basal area and the costa to beyond middle clossed with purple ; an orange-yellow spot on costa above end of cell nearly touching a ather oblique elliptical yellowish white discoidal spot. Hind wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss; a fine whitish line at base of cilia. Ab. 1. Fore wing without the yellow spot above end of cell. Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 3 gd type. Hap. 30 min. (8a) Chalcidoptera orbidiscalis, sp. n. Antenne of male thickened by a ridge of scales near base ; hind tibiz short with a large tuft of hair above at extremity. 3. Head and thorax yellowish white suffused with rufous; abdomen pale grey-brown ; antennze whitish, blackish towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with rufous, the fore cox with black patches, the fore tibiee with black band at extremity, the mid femora at extremity and tibie below blackish, the tufts of hair on hind tibie black. Fore wing pale red-brown, the terminal area grey-brown; the medial part of costal area yellow, conjoined to an oblique elliptical white spot in end of cell; a round white postmedial patch between veins 7 and 4; a yellow fascia on costal area towards apex conjoined to a yellowish white subterminal spot below vein 8, followed by three small white spots edged with yellow between veins 7 and 4; cilia glossy dark brown. Hind wing uniform brown with a silvery gloss; the under- side brownish white with a curved brown postmedial line from costa to vein 5 and dark terminal band to below vein 3. Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 6 $ type. Lup. 26-30 mm. (S) Hilodes tenuimarginalis, sp. n. @. Head brown; thorax and abdomen pale orange-yellow; an- tennz yellowish tinged with brown towards tips. Fore wing pale orange-yellow, the costa tinged with brown; the terminal area tinged with brown narrowing toa pointat vein 2; cilia dark brown with a silvery gloss. Hind wing pale orange-yellow, the termen narrowly and cilia dark brown with a silvery gloss. Hab. CELEBES, Saugir I. (Doherty), 1 2 type. Exp. 46 mm. (8a) Dichogama diffusalis, sp. n. 3. Head and thorax greyish white; abdomen white slightly tinged with brown; antennz tinged with red-brown ; peetus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen silvery white, the fore tarsi brown 128 Sir G. F. Hampson on new at extremities. Fore wing silvery grey-white faintly irrorated with reddish brown scales; a broad antemedial dark shade formed by black-brown scales; a diffused triangular dark patch from costa to lower angle of cell formed by black-brown scales and a diffused patch at middle of inner margin; postmedial line blackish, oblique to discal fold, then obliquely excurved to submedian fold below end of cell and oblique to inner margin; the termen tinged with brown towards apex and with terminal series of black points to vein 3; cilia tinged with brown. Hind wing semihyaline silvery white; a terminal series of black points from apex to above vein 3. Hab. VENEZUELA, Esteban Valley, Las Quignas, 1 ¢ type. Exp. 40 mm. Genus PHRYGANODES will stand as Type Phostria, Hiibn. Verz. p. 130 (1827).......... did wiafilciicaia stores te scotscenee CEMUNG. (16 c) Phostria xanthoproctalis, sp. un. 3. Head fulvous yellow; thorax and basal half of abdomen glossy grey-brown, the former with a faint purple gloss, the latter with the terminal half fulvous yellow; antennz brown; fore legs yellow, the cox grey-brown except on outer side, the femora and tibie black at extremities, the mid and hind tarsi yellowish; ventral surface of abdomen fulvous yellow. Fore wing uniform glossy grey-brown tinged with purple. Hind wing glossy grey-brown tinged with purple, the inner area slightly paler. Hab. VENEZUELA, Esteban Valley, Las Quignas, 1 ¢ type. Exp. 46 mm. (22a) Phostria purpureonitens, sp. n. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey-brown glossed with purple, - the anal tuft greyer ; antenne dark brown; basal joint of palpi and throat pure white ; pectus and legs white suffused in parts with grey-brown ; ventral surface of abdomen silvery grey-brown. Fore ~ wing grey-brown glossed with brilliant purple except on basal and eostal areas; cilia darker brown. Hind wing grey-brown glossed with brilliant purple except at base and on inner area ; cilia darker brown. 2. Hind wing with’small round white discoidal spot. Hab. D’ Enrrecasteaux Is., Woodlark I. (leek), 1 5, 129 type. Hxp. 40 mm. (306) Phostria flaviceps, sp. n. @. Head and tegule pale orange-yellow, the frons whitish tinged with yellow; thorax and abdomen pale grey-brown; an- tenne pale grey-brown ; palpi yellow, white at base; pectus, legs, Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 129 and ventral surface of abdomen white faintly tinged with red- brown. Fore wing pale smoky brown, the costa white to near apex, the cilia whitish tinged with brown. Hind wing pale smoky brown, the cilia whitish “tinged with brown. Underside silvery white tinged with brown. Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo (Watkins), 1 9 type. Ewp. 34 mm. (48 a) Phostria aterrimalis, sp. n. Abdomen of male with subdorsal tufts of hair on anal segment. Head, thorax, and abdomen very dark black-brown ; palpi with the 1st joint and the 2nd in front to middle whitish ; : pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white with a faint ochreous tinge, the fore tibize with a black band near extremity. Fore wing very dark black-brown ; the cilia with a fine pale line at base and the tips white towards tornus. Hind wing very dark black-brown ; the cilia with a fine pale line at base ; the underside with the inner area whitish. Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 1 5 type: Hap. 24 mm. (54a) Phostria chrysomera, sp. n. ¢. Head golden yellow; thorax and abdomen dark brown with a purple g gloss, the tegulie at base and on outer edge, the patagia except a patch at base of outer edge and subdorsal stripes on abdo- men golden yellow; antenne clossy black-brown ; frons with cupreous brown patch below ; palpi yellow with brown band near extremity of 2nd joint; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen pale yellow; legs grey-brown. Fore wing dark brown glossed with brilliant purple ; a wedge-shaped golden yellow patch in the cell from base to near extremity ; 5 a broad oblique golden yellow post- medial band from just below costa to submedian: fold near termen, its lower edge obliquely curved; a golden yellow streak on inner margin Sana base to beyond muddle Hind wing golden yellow, the inner area from near base and the terminal area dark brown glossed with brilliant purple, the extremity of the yellow area rounded so that the dark area expands widely towards costa and tornus. Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 1 ¢ type. Hap. 40 mm. (55a) Phostria disciiridescens, sp. n. 3. Head and base of tegule fulvous orange; antenne black- brown; thorax and abdomen dark brown tinged with grey, the anal tufts of male orange at sides and the genital tufts whitish ; palpi, pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen fulvous orange, the fore tibiz with brown patch near extremity and the tarsi ringed Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 9 130 Sir G. F. Hampson on new with brown. Fore wing dark brown tinged with grey ; some bluish grey hair at base except at costa; the ‘interspaces of medial area from below costa to submedian fold white glossed with iridescent blue. Hind wing semihyaline white, the inner area broadly and the terminal area dark brown with a slight greyish tinge. Hab. Peru, Chaguimayo (Watkins), 4 3 type. Exp. 40 mm. (646) Phostria albescentalis, sp. n. Head, thorax, and abdomen whitish suffused with pale brown, the last with white segmental rings; antennze pale brown, the basal joint whitish ; palpi pale brown, white towards base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white, the legs tinged with brown, the fore tibize with brown band near extremity. ore wing whitish suffused with pale grey-brown; some white at base of inner margin with a small black spot.at its extremity ; ; a curved blackish antemedial line : ; a small black spot mm middle of cell and elliptical discoidal spot; postmedial line blackish, rather oblique to vein 5, then dentate to below vein 8, then retracted to below angle of celland somewhat exeurved at submedian fold; a slight blackish terminal line and fine whitish line at base of cilia. Hind wing with the basal half white, the terminal half whitish suffused with pale grey-brown; a small oblique black discoidal spot; a diffused dark postmedial line, its outer edge bent outwards and slightly waved between veins 5 and 2; an indistinct diffused curved brown subterminal line; a black terminal line and fine whitish line at base of cilia. Underside white, the terminal area of fore wing sutfused with brown; both wings with prominent black discoidal spots. Hab. Portuatese E. Arrica, Kola Valley (Weave), 1¢,1 2, Mt. Chiperone (Weave), 1¢,2 2 type. Hap. 32-36 mm. (55,f) Phostria euryleucalis, sp. n. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown with a ecupreous gloss ; trons with white lines at sides; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white; femora striped with white; tarsi white tinged with brown. Fore wing dark brown with a cupreous gloss; hyaline stripes in and below the cell and a spot above base of vein 2, slightly irrorated with brown; a broad oblique white band from below costa beyond middle to above tornus, its lower extremity rounded. Hind w ing hyaline, the veins streaked with dark brown ; a rather narrow dark brown terminal band with a cupreous gloss, narrowing to a point at tornus, the hyaline area towards it slightly irrorated with brown and with slight brown streaks in the inter- spaces. Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo (Watkins), 2 d type. Exp. 42 mm. Closely allied to P. calydon, Druce. Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 131 (55 9) Phostria internervalis, sp. n. 3. Head, tegule, and patagia dark brown, the outer edge of tegula and base of patagia deep orange, the dorsum of thorax white with dark brown dorsal streak ; ‘Abdomen white with dark brown segmental lines, dorsal streak and lateral fasciz ; lower part of frons white; palpi white in front at base; pectus and ventral surface of abdomen white; legs dark brown, the femora and tibiz white below. Fore wing dark brown tinged with purple ; a slight white streak below basal half of eosta; a wedge-shaped white patch in end of cell; a broad white fascia in submedian fold from near base to near es men with the submedian fold slightly streaked with brown; broad white fasciz in the interspaces above veins 2, 4, 5, and 6 to near termen leaving dark streaks on the veins and a patch beyond the cell; a short white streak above middJe of vein 7 and a white streak above vein 3 towards termen. Hind wing white; the veins arising from median nervure, vein 1 and the terminal part of submedian fold and vein 6 streaked with dark brown tinged with purple; the costa towards apex and termen rather narrowly dark brown tinged with purple. Hab. Cotompra, Choko, Juntas de R. Tamana and R. San Juan (Palmer), 1 Q type. Hap. 44 mm. (64¢) Phostria are@osoma, sp. n. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen glossy grey-brown, the last long and slender; palpi white in front except towards extremity ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with brown, the coe tibize with dark band near extremity. Wore wing glossy grey- brown tinged with purple, the costal half of basal area’ rather darker; an indistinct dark antemedial line; rather ill-defined blackish spots at middle and end of cell with paler patches beyond them; an indistinet diffused brown postmedial mane defined on outer side by diffused whitish, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell; cilia with a fine white line at base. Hind wing glossy grey-brown tinged with purple, the basal and inner areas paler and_thinly scaled; an oblique blackish discoidal bar; an indistinct rather diffused brown postmedial line defined on outer side by whitish, somewhat bent outwards between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and exeurved to inner margin ; cilia with a fine white line at base. Underside whitish tinged with brown, the terminal areas suffused with brown. Hab. Cameroons, Ja R., Bitje (Bates), 3 3 type. LEwp. 38- 45 mim. (1La) Dichocrocis polystidzalis, sp. n. @. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellow, the tegule at sides, patagia at base and middle and metathorax with black spots, the 132 Sir G. F. Hampson on new abdomen with dorsal and lateral series of black spots ; maxillary pupi black at tips; (labial palpi wanting) ; fore coxze with black spots. Fore wing yellow; a curved subbasal series of three black spots; an oblique antemedial series of spots to vein 1 and a spot nearer the base on inner margin; a spot in end of cell and discoidal bar; a lunulate spot below origin of vein 2 and spot on inner margin; a postmedial series of spots from costa to vein 2, the spots above and below vein 7 elongate and nearer the termen, the spot at discal fold nearer the cell, the spots between veins 5 and 2 obliquely placed with spots before them above and below vein 3; a subter- minal series of spots, oblique from below costa to discal fold and again oblique from below vein 5 near termen to inner margin ; cilia metallic silver at tips. Hind wing yellow; a black discoidal spot and bar in submedian interspace below end of cell; a postmedial spot at discal fold and curved series of three spots between veins 5 and 2; a subterminal series of spots between veins 7 and 1, the spot at discal fold further from termen; cilia metallic silver at tips. Hab. Gorn Coast, Kumasi (Dowall), 12 type. xp. 42 mm. (30a) Dichocrocis rubritinctalis, sp. n. ®. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen pale yellow, the tegule with pale red patches, the patagia with pale red streak above and the extremity pale red, the basal segment of abdomen with pale red subdorsal spots, the rest of abdomen rufous with black subdorsal spots on anal segment; antenne brownish except towards base ; palpi blackish behind ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale yellow, the fore tibize with brown band at extremity. Fore wing pale yellow; a brown bar near base from costa to submedian fold with a pale red band beyond it extending to inner margin; a slightly eurved brown and pale red antemedial line; the medial area with the cell pale red with a rather quadrate whitish spot in it defined at sides by brown, some pale red beyond lower angle of cell and some pale red in submedian interspace below middle of cell ; postmedial line brown, erect to diseal fold, excurved to vein 3, then retracted to lower angle of cell and rather oblique to inner margin ; the terminal area broadly grey-brown suffused with pale red, its outer edge excurved at vein 6; a blackish terminal line; cilia grey- brown with a yellowish line at base. Hind wing pale yellow; an oblique blackish diseoidal bar and some pale red below angle of cell ; postmedial line blackish, oblique to vein 3, then obsolete and retracted to below end of cell and again oblique to inner margin ; the terminal area broadly pale red, tinged with grey-brown towards costa, its inner edge incurved to the postimedial line at vein 3; a black terminal line; cilia pale grey-brown with a yellowish line at base. Hab. Br. C. Arrica, Mt. Mlanje (Weave), 3 9 type. Hap. 26 mm. SS Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustinee. 133 (35d) Dichocrocis biplagialis, sp. n. 3d. Head and thorax pale red-brown; abdomen pale rufous with white segmental lines; antennz whitish tinged with rufous ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white. Fore wing pale red-brown ; a yellowish white discoidal spot detuned at sides by rather darker brown and conjoined to a yellowish white patch above it on costa; a yellowish white postmedial bar from costa to vein 6, its outer ‘edge somewhat dentate; cilia ochreous at base followed by a pale brown line, the tips whitish tinged with red- brown. Hind wing white tinged with red-brown, the terminal area browner except towards LORnAAS cilia yellowish at base, with a pale brown line near base, the tips white tinged with brown. Hab. Gampta (Str A. Moloney), 1 3 ; N. Nigerra, Zungeru (Macfie), 1 3 type. Hap. 24 mm. (388) Dichocrocis leucostolalis, sp. n. 3. Head and thorax white tinged with fulvous, the patagia pure white except on outer edge towards base; abdomen pure white at base and extremity, the medial segments tinged with fulvous; pectus and legs white, the femora tinged with fulvous ; ventral surface of abdomen white tinged with fulvous. Fore wing silvery white, tinged with fulvous at “base ; a brown shade through the cell from near base to near termen towards which it expands somewhat. Hind wing silvery white, very faintly tinged with brown except on inner and terminalareas. Underside of fore wing with the costal area broadly suffused with brown. Hab, Prerv, Pozuzo, 1 ¢ type. Eap. 24 mm. Genus NAconeEra will stand as Type. Lamprosema, Hiibn. Verz. p. 361 (1827) ..... aia’ Renta Aam arama lunulalis, (la) Lamprosema pectinalis, sp. n. Antenne of male bipectinate with short branches ending in forked bristles, the apical part serrate. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen pale grey-brown; frons and palpi darker brown, the latter white at base ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white faintly tinged with Sirona Fore wing pale grey-brown, the basal costal area "and the terminal area rather darker brown ; a dark antemedial line, oblique to discal fold; a black discoidal bar; postmedial line dark detined on outer side by whitish, erect to vein 5, then excurved and slightly waved to below vein 3, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved below submedian fold; a slight dark terminal line; cilia whitish tinged with brown. Hind wing pale grey-brown, the terminal area rather darker; a black discoidal spot; postmedial line dark 134 Sir G. F. Hampson on new slightly defined on outer side by whitish, bent outwards and waved between veins 5 and3; a slight dark terminal line; cilia white tinged with brown. Hab. ©. Crtva, Hupeh, Lui-shin-tze (Betton), 1 3 type; Borneo, Sarawak, 1 ¢. vp. 18 mm. (1c) Lamprosema anemicalis, sp. n. Fore wing of male on upperside with a slight fringe of hair on costa above end of cell with a tuft of hair below it at upper angle of cell. 3o. Head, thorax, andabdomen pale ochreous tinged with rufous ; palpi with the third joint blackish above; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen ochreous white, the fore legs suffused with fuscous in front. Fore wing ochreous white, the veins fuscous, the costal edge black towards: base; a brown antemedial shade, expanding to near base at costa; the hairs on costa above end of cell and tuft of hair at upper angle of cell fuscous, a brown shade arising from them and excurved beyond end of cell; the terminal area suffused with brown; a fine black terminal cilia; cilia pale brownish with an ochreous line at base. Hind wing white with a faint ochreous tinge; a fine black terminal line. Hab. Perv, Carabaya, Oconeque (Ockenden),3 3 type. Exp. 20-24 mm. (10 e) Lamprosema leucopis, sp. n. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown glossed with leaden grey and mixed with some whitish, the neck and base of tegule pale fulvous yellow; the analand genital tufts very large, the latter pale fulvous yellow ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen pale ochreous, the legs and basal part of abdomen suffused with brown, the fore tibie blackish at extremity. Fore wing glossy dark brown, some whitish at base and middle of inner area ; ante- medial line whitish defined on outer side by black-brown, arising below the costa and slightly incurved in the cell; a small white spot in upper part of middle of cell and discoidal bar defined by black-brown ; postmedial line whitish defined on inner side by diffused black-brown, waved to diseal fold, then excurved to vein 2, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved below submedian fold; cilia with a punctiform white line at base. Hind wing glossy dark brown, whitish towards base ; a minute blackish discoidal spot; postmedial line rather diffused whitish, slightly bent outwards and waved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and excurved to inner margin; cilia with a punctiform white line at base. Hab. Durcn N. Gurxea, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek), 1g type. Hap. 28 mm. Pyralidee of the Subfamily Pyraustine. 135 (14a) Lamprosema pogonotornalis, sp. n. Mid tibize of male greatly dilated; hind wing with the termen strongly excised in submedian interspace, with tufts of hair round the excision above and below. 3. Head, thorax, and base of abdomen yellowish white mixed with fulvous, the rest of abdomen rufous with silvery white and black segmental bands; antenne ringed with blackish; palpi with the extremity of second jointand the third joint brown, the latter white at tip; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen white faintly tinged with rufous, the fore tibiz with blackish band ‘at extremity, the mid tibie irrorated with blackish. Fore wing pale yellow suffused in parts with fulvous red especially on costal area, the terminal area broadly red-brown; a round-fulvous-red spot sur- rounded by white above inner margin near base ; an incurved black antemedial line from costa to median nervure, then a white band defined on outer side by blackish to above inner margin; a leaden grey spot defined by black except above at middle of cell, extending to just below the cell; reniform leaden grey defined by black, large and strongly constricted at middle; a white spot defined on outer side by black on costa above end of cell and white spot defined on each side by black on costa above end of cell; post- medial line with a white bar defined on each side by black at costa, then black, sinuous to vein 3, then retracted upwards to vein 5 beyond the cell, then bent inwards on median nervure to before end of cell, then oblique and sinuous with a white line on its outer side forming a spot below end of cell, some clear yellow in its sinus beyond the call and some leaden grey confluent ‘with the reniform in its sinus below the cell; a faint dark subterminal shade from costa to vein 8; a diffused black terminal line with series of white bars on it; cilia with black Ine at middle and silvery white tips. Hind wing white with some fulvous red and yellow suffusion on inner half of medial area, the terminal area broadly red-brown; a sinall black spot in end of cell and antemedial spot in submedian fold; postmedial line black, sinuous, at vein 2 retracted up to upper angle of cell, then rather oblique to inner margin, enclosing a leaden-grey ecoidal spot; a dark subterminal shade from costa to vein 2; a narrow black terminal band from apex to vein 2 with series of white bars on it; cilia yellowish at base followed by a black line to vein 2, white at tips and towards tornus. Hab. Perv, Yahuarmayo, 1 d type. Kap. 24 mm. J Yt} 1 25¢) Lamprosema aurantia, sp. n. 3. Head, thorax, and abdomen orange-yellow, the last irrorated with some blackish for ming obscure lateral spots towards base, the genital tufts large and brownish white ; palpi yellowish white, the extremity of the second joint and the third joint brown; pectus 136 On new Pyralide of the Subfamily Pyraustine. yellowish white; fore tibia at extremity blackish, the tarsi whitish ringed with blackish. Fore wing orange-yellow; a blackish point on costa near base; a curved blackish shade from below costa before the antemedial line to base of inner margin, the line black and slightly sinuous ;. the fovea in end of cell whitish surrounded by a blackish shade extending to vein 1 beyond the antemedial line: a blackish shade beyond the cell between veins 8 and 3; postmedial line slight, blackish, excurved from vein 5 to below 3, then retracted towards lower angle of cell and ending above inner margin; an oblique blackish shade from below apex to near the postmedial line at vein 4 and a shade from the line below vein 3 to inner margin ; a series of black spots before termen; cilia brown with a yellow line at base. Hind wing orange-yellow; a black bar below the cell near base ; a diffused blackish spot just beyond the cell; postmedial line blackish, excurved between veins 5 and 2, then retracted to below end of cell and sinuous to inner margin where it forms a black spot; a subterminal blackish shade towards costa and shade from the postmedial line at vein 2 to vein 1; a series of small black spots before termen interrupted between veins 3 and 2; cilia brownish with a yellow line at base. Hab. Dutcu N. Guryga, Snow Mts., Oetakwa R. (Meek), 1 type. Hap. 22 mm. (306) Lamprosema bryalis, sp. n. ¢@. Head and thorax dark brown mixed with sap-green ; aldomen greyish brown; antenne dark brown; palpi grey-brown ; pectus, legs, and ventral surface of abdomen whitish suffused with brown, the fore tibiz with black band near extremity, the mid tibiz with diffused black band near base and the terminal half black, the tuft of hair white. Fore wing sap-green irrorated with dark brown and tinged in parts with red-brown; two small black spots at base; antemedial line black defined on inner side by diffused whitish, excurved below costa, oblique and sinuous below the cell; a black spot in upper part of muddle of cell and two black discoidal spots defined on outer side by a white bar; an oblique green and whitish shade from lower angle of cell to tornus; postmedial™ine blackish defined on outer side by green and whitish, dentate, angled inwards at vein 7, oblique from vein 3 to submedian fold, then excurved; a brown subterminal shade, expanding at costa and interrupted above tornus ; a terminal series of small rather triangular brown spots; cilia chequered blackish and grey with a yellowish line at base. Hind wing dark greyish brown, the cilia rather paler with a fine yellowish line at base. Hab. Br. E. Arrica, N. Kavirondo; Maramas Distr., Tala (Neave), 1 3 type Exp. 36 mm. (‘To be continued. } "Periodicals published by TAYLOR & FRANCIS. Published the Hirst Duy of every pen —2s. 6d. THE LONDON, EDINBURGH, and DUBLIN PHILOSOPHICAL MAGAZINE AND JOURNAL OF SCIENCE. Conducted by SIR OLIVER JOSEPH LODGE, D-Sc., LL.D., F.R.S, SIR JOSEPH JOHN THOMSON, O.M., M.A., Sc.D., F.R.S., JOHN JOLY, M.A., D.Sce., ERS, F.GS, GEORGE CAREY FOSTER, B.A,, LL.D., E.RBS., and Beer FRANCIS, F.LS. Published the First Day of every Month.—2s. 6d. THE ANNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY including Zoology, Botany, and Geology. Conducted by WILLIAM CARRUTHER S, Ph.D., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.s., ? ARTHUR E. SHIPLEY, M.A., Se. D., ERS. . F.Z.S., and WILLIAM FRANCIS, F.L.S. Founded in 1877. Monthly, 1s. Annual Subscription ¢ Companion ° and 12 Monthly Numbers), 13s. THE OBSERVATORY, A MONTHLY REVIEW OF ASTRONOMY. Edited by A. S. EDDINGTON, M.A., M.Sc., E.BS., F. J. M. STRATTON, M.A., and H. 8. JONES, M.A., B.Se. Its Contributors include most of the leading English-speaking Astronomers, and its Articles give an interesting reflection of the progress of astronomical thought and achievement, Published Monthly. Price 1s. 8d. Annual Subscr ert 16s. post free. THE | “JOURNAL OF. BOTANY BRITISH AND FOREIGN. Edited by | JAMES BRITT EN, K. S. G., E.LS., LATE SENIOR ASSISTANT, DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY, BRITISH MUSEUM Articles by prominent Botanists ; Announcements of Discoveries; Reviews Botanical News and Notes, &e., &e. ca Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. CONTENTS OF NUMBER 1—Ninth aye . eye Pas I. On new African Ourculionide.—I. By Guy A kK. Mansur, Dee ty es ee 3 II. Bermudian Species of Donatia (Tethya). By Brancue Ben- JAMIN CROZIER : % III. New Lepidoptera in the Joicey Collection, By L, B. Prowt, re a F, E. Ss SSeS 0 NOSGs Ore E79 918 S880 08. Be @eeee ? ; TV. On the Striped Si ancl hithertd referred to the ls ihe MIS werus; By Onprrend THOMAS . 5/1 eine verse sectein te a emnes Vege oh 33 V. Two new Tuco-tucos from Argentina. By Otprrenp Tromas. °38 - (Plate IL.) VII. Notes on the Braconide in the British Museum.—II. On ee ' Australian Species of Car ‘diochilince and Doryctine. By See oi. Bs; Turner, BAT. haku setiatens alae sees VIII. Further Notes on the Nee of Australia. By GerrrvupE Ricarpo 1X. Note on the Lower Jaw of Stereognathus ooliticus, Charles- - ete worth. By Dr. Branistay Perronrevics. ae ap Rite ne < Se X. Variation in the Prothoracie Spines of Dactylispa wanthopus, a Gestro. By 8. Mavzrs, B.A. (Cantab.), ee ile ee See ee XI. Note on Epistictia paar Guérin. By 8. Mavirx, BA. eae “ rantab.) ji MdOateen saa ¢ hark ae GA aig ae wah he ick kale Pak ie a A me XII. New Species and Races of Téhomiineein the J oicey Collection, = By W. 3s ieee Eas Ga eine . Ror eee: XIII. Notes on Fossorial Hydiengatee —XXXII. On new Species in the British Museum. By Rownayp E. Turner, F.Z.8., F.E.S, XIV. On Barnacles of the Ged: Satallem from Deep-sca — : y Telegraph-Cables. By W. T. Cana D. Se. See .e v0 0 0. ce 0® See wrens O4 XV. Descriptions of New P. rales of the Subfamily Pyranetiaee ee sy Sir Groree F, Hampson, Bart., F. 4. a ear geh Se as eager 125 *,* Itis requested that all Gonimuntiaiians for this Work may be addressed post-paid, to the Care of Messrs. Taylor and Francis, Printing Oitice Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, London. ae ts NINTH ‘SERIES. — THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY, INCLUDING " ZOOLOG se BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY. ‘CONDUCTED BY "WILLIAM CARRUTHERS, Pu.D., F.R.S., F.LS., F.G.S ARTHUR i. SHIPLEY, M.A SOD ERS. F. Z. S., AND RICHARD T. FRANCIS, B.Z.8. BEING A CONTINUATION OF THE ‘“‘ ANNALS” COMBINED WITH MESSRS, LOUDON AND CHARL ESWORTH’S “MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY.’ WITH TWO PLATES. *hinsenuve of Dy. J. C. Melvill’s Paper on Marine Mollusca from the Persian Gulf, &e. . LONDON; TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET. Sold aks Simpkin, Marshall, Wavilkape Kent, & Co., Ld.; Bailliére, Paris: and Hodges, Figzis, & Co., Dublin, WATKINS & DONCASTER . Raturalists, eh Keep in stock every kindof APPARATUS | and CABINETS required by ENTOMOLOGISTS, ORNITH- ; OLOGISTS, BOTANISTS, &c. Also NESTING- ‘BOXES, — which should be fixed up in gardens or shrubberies — before the breeding Season. et Re A Large Stock of Butterflies, Moths, Birds, Eggs, ‘&e. Full Oatalogue (84 pages) mailed free to weed address, : 36, STRAND, LONDON, W.C., ENGLAND. LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF INDIA, . Part XII., Vol. II. Price 25s. By Lieut.-Col. H. H. GODWIN-AUSTEN, F.R.S., &e. With 26 Plates and 132 pages Text, with descriptions of Aree eee new Species. ap A few Copies of other Parts of Vol. II. still on neeys Price 2ls. TAYLOR and FRANCIS, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street, BC. 4." Super-Royal 8vo, pp. iv, 226. With 4 Plates and 16 Festi gees Price 12s. 6d. | A CONTRIBUTION TO THE PHYTOGEOGRAPHY AND FLORA. Ls OF DUTCH N.W. NEW GUINEA. BY L. S. GIBBS, F.LS., FRMS. Tayitor AND Francis, Red Lion Court, Fleet Street. Rates for Advertisements in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History. One Six Twelve Insertion. tnsertions. Insertions. PAG Bit 2 eres 2 0 0.116 Oeach 112 Oecach HALF-PAGE (a0 =. 4s BenGr, ale sa 176 ee QUARTER-PAGE - 12 6 as as 10-04 All applications for space to be made to Mr. H. A. COLLINS, 32 Birdhurst Road, Croydon, | THE ANNALS MAGAZINE OF NATURAL HISTORY. [NINTH SERIES.] No. 2, FEBRUARY 1918. XVI.— Descriptions of Thirty-four Species of Marine Mollusca from the Persian Gulf, Gulf of Oman, and Arabian Sea, collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend. By James Cosmo ME vit, M.A., D.Sc. [Plates IV. & V.] THE last general descriptive paper, based upon Mr.Townsend’s large collections, was published in October 1912 *, and since then I have only essayed a revision of the Turride (Pleuro- tomidze) + as well as the Terebride ¢ of the Persian Gulf region, the long continuance of the world-war having natu- rally prevented much apportionment of time to this task. But now, with the following thirty-four additions to the fauna, one feels the work is almost completed. The total number enumerated cannot be very far short of two thousand, and this includes, roundly speaking, six hundred new to science. Should circumstances permit, it would be ultimately desirable to give a brief, up-to-date catalogue of the whole series, with “ addenda, emendanda, and corrigenda.” Doubtless several omissions have occurred, some due to inadvertence, others through paucity of material or poor condition of specimens, * Proc, Malac. Soc. Lond. vol. x. 1912, p. 240 sqq. + Ibid. vol. xii. 1917, pp. 140-201. ¢ Journ. of Conch. vol. xv. 1917, pp. 188 & 204. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 10 138 Dr. J. C. Melvill on Murine Mollusca Tn the following pages I am much indebted to Mr. J. R. le Brockton Tomlin for valuable opinions and assistance ; likewise to Messrs. G. B. Sowerby, Hugh Fulton, and R. Sanden. To Mr. Bernard Lucas also Lam considerably under obligation for having sorted much shell-sand for me, more particularly from the very prolific sounding made in the Gulf of Oman at 156 fathoms, so often referred to in these papers ; and, finally, I must congratulate Miss Gertrude Woodward on the two successful Plates accompanying these descriptions. Bursa gnorima*, sp. n. (Pl. LV. fig. 1.) B. testa ovato-fusiformi, spira abbreviata, apice obtuso, varicibus rotundatis; anfractibus ad 7, quorum, tres apicales, leves, globu- lares, cxteris suturaliter impressis, supra medium angulosis, undique arcte et delicate spiraliter granulosis, linea transversali subgranata alternante, granulis nitidis, supra medium, ad angu- lum, multum fortioribus; superficie pallide straminea ; apertura ovata, alba ; peristomate incrassato, albo, nitido, simul ac colu- mella, intus multilirata ; canali paullum recurvo, brevi. Long, 43, lat. 27 mm. Hab. Jask, Gulf of Oman. It is with some diffidence that I have ventured to introduce another species into a well worked-out and circumscribed cenus; but this shell, of which I have seen a few specimens in no way differing from each other, possesses distinctive attributes, the nearest ally seeming to be the West-American B. crassa, Desh., and I consider it closely comparable with no Eastern species. It is pale straw-coloured, neatly formed and compact, varices somewhat rounded; upper whorls attenuate, body-whorl uniformly finely granose, spirally, with interstitial liree, partly granulose likewise ; above the centre of the whorl a single spiral line of much larger tubercles surrounds it, and just below the sutures short longitudinal plaits extend some way towards this line; the labrum is shining white, columella lirate, also white; mouth ovate, canal short, very slightly curved. At first considered a small variety of B. subgranosa (Sowb.), I am obliged to Mr. Hugh Fulton for having directed my attention to this species and giving me his opinion thereupon. * yvwpimos, distinguished. from the Persian Gulf, &c. 139 Alectryon (Phrontis) alcimus*, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 2.) A, testa ovato-fusiformi, solida, alba, brunneo-lineata et hic illic variegata; anfractibus 8, quorum tres minuti, apicales, vitrei, leeves, ceteris ad suturas gradatulis, longitudinaliter crassi- costatis, et spiraliter sulcatis, sulcis anfracbum apud ultimum circa 12, costis infra, juxta suturas, nodulosis, spiraliter brunneo- zonatis, et maculato-lineatis ; apertura ovata, labro incrassato, albo, levi, paullum effuso, intus multilirato; columella callosa, alba, nitida, excavata. Long. 15, lat. 8 mm. Hab. Mekran Coast. This very select species may be a local variety of Nassa nodicostata, H. Adams, but differs from specimens in my collection so named by Mr. F. P. Marrat. It evidently comes nearest this species, but appears smoother than the Philippine Island type collected by Mr. H. Cuming and figured by Reeve. There has been some confusion between this shell and the similarly named Nassa nodicincta, Adams. This is an entirely different species, of the Western Hemi- sphere, though equally nodose below the sutures of the various whorls. I have it from the Galapagos Isles. Alectryon (Hima) gwaikinianus, sp. n. (Pl. IV. fig. 4.) A, testa ovata, cinerea, circa aperturam brunneo-tincta; an- fractibus 8, quorum 3 apicales subhyalini, fusci, ceteris apud suturas impressis, ventricosulis, spiraliter arcte noduloso-liratis, et longitudinaliter decussato-costulatis, costulis obliquis, inter- stitiis planatis, quadratis ; apertura fere rotunda, labro effuso, intus multilirato, columella multum excavata, versus basin trun- eatula, canali lato brevissimo. Long. 20, lat. 11 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf. This interesting “ Nussa” is the Eastern analogue of the Californian perpinguts, Hinds, which in most ways it very closely resembles. It is, however, of slightly thicker sub- stance and the columella more strongly excavate. A chestnut spiral band, ornamenting the whorls, likewise exists in the American species, but is absent in ours. Having received this shell from the late Rev. Professor Henry Melvill Gwatkin, as received by him direct from Mr. Townsend, I have pleasure in connecting with it the name of a friend of long standing, and * aXkipos, stoutly-fashioned, strong. 1()* 140 Dr. J. C. Melvill on Marine Mollusca one distinguished in many realms of thought and learning, whose relaxation it was to turn from the study of the Karly Christian Fathers and deep Biblical lore *, to such successful research in Molluscan radule that his name soon became a household word for accurate and discerning knowledge in this branch of the science, his loss being generally felt to be quite irreparable. After a short illness, he passed away at his Cambridge residence in November 1916, aged 73. Alectryon } (Hima) protrusidens, sp. n. (PLAY stig 3.) A, testa ovato-fusiformi, solida, albo-ochracea; anfractibus 8, quorum 3 apieales, duo superni minuti, tertius vitreus, globulosus, levis, ceteris nequaquam suturaliter impressis, undique arctis- sime longitudinaliter noduloso-costulatis, et spiraliter sulcatis, nodulisapud suturas majoribus, conspicuis, ochraceo-tinctis, super- ficie ad medium pallidiore ; apertura parva, ovata, labro, simul ac columella, paullum incrassatis, labro intus 5 denticulo-lirato, quorum. denticulus secundus et quintus majores, protrudentes, margine columellari versus basin obscure bilirato, excavato. Long. 12, lat. 5 mm. Hab, Karachi. This small species, compact, solid, hardly suturally im- pressed, ochreous-banded spirally below, longitudinally closely nodoso-costulate, and transversely closely decussato-sulcate, possesses a distinction in the protrusive character of two of the five lirate deuticulations of the inner side of the lip. Pisania townsendi, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 5.) P. testa attenuato-fusiformi, gracili, uniformiter straminea; an- fractibus 8, quorum duo vitrei, leves, ceteris suturaliter multum impressis, ventricosis, centraliter paullum angulosis, longitu- dinaliter obtusi-costatis ; anfractus ultimi numero 12, undique pulcherrime spiraliter liratis, circa 24-25; apertura oblonga, angusta, labro recto, intus multilirato, columella recta, canali lato, paullulum recuryo, Long. 22, lat. 8 mm. Hab. Warachi. * Professor Gwatkin was long “ Dixie Professor of Ecclesiastical History ” at Cambridge University. In 1867 he passed first class in the Mathematical, Classical, and Theological Tripos, as also in that of Moral Science—an almost unique record. t+ We spell the Monttortian name, presumably derived from d\exrpiwr, a cock, with a ‘‘y” in preference to 2, to conform to the rule of nomen- clatwre which holds that the Greek “ upsilon” equals the Latin “ y,” _ from the Persian Gulf, ke. 141 A little like P. crocata, Reeve, in form, but in this species the whorls are far more angular and echinate. From P. gas- kelli*, Melv. (=neglecta, Sowb.), it ‘differs in much finer and more frequent spiral liration, the interstices in both species being spirally striate but much finer in character, and as 4 to 2 in townsendi compared with gaskell. General form identical. — We dedicate this most interesting species to its discoverer, and I am indebted to Mr. G. B. Sowerby for calling my attention to it and confirming my view that it needed description. Mitra vaticinator +, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 6.) M, testa oblongo-fusiformi, solidula, straminea, infra suturas et centraliter floccis albis variegata; anfractibus ad 8, subgradatis, suturaliter vix impressis, undique arctissime regulariter sulcis spiralibus preeditis, longitudinaliter decussato-cancellatis, ultimo anfractu ceteris magnopere exzequante; apartura angusta, ob- longa, labro paullum effuso, columella quadriplicata, subobliqua. Long. 26, lat. 10 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, off Muscat, Arabia. I have, in company with the late Mr. Edgar Smith, com- pared this species with its near allies, when we considered that it differed from all others. In size it comes nearest to M. guttata, Sw., and in general appearance is similar to that species, but the decussate cancellation is here much finer and more regular. Likewise, in guttata the spiral lines are some- what distant. In MM. solida, Reeve, found in the region we are treating of by Mr. Townsend, the whorls are more tumid and the sutures deep. In the larger and coarser M. ambigua and fulva, both of Swainson, the build of the shell is*the same, but the details coarser and cancellation absent. M, floccata, Rve., is allied in the character of its marking, as its name would imply, but here, again, the somewhat ventri- cose whoris and the sutural arrangements differ. Mitra (Pusia) iteinaf, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 7.) M. testa ovato-oblonga, solidula, albo-straminea ; anfractibus ad 11-12, ad suturas impressis, undique arctissime costulatis, et spiraliter cancellatis, interstitiis quadratis, ultimo anfractu infra * Journ. of Conch. vi. 1891, p. 406, pl, ii. fig. 5. + Vaticinator, a seer or prophet. } treivos, basket or osier-work, 142 Dr. J. ©. Melvill on Marine Mollusca suturas stramineo, infra peripheriam fusco-zonato, versus basin spiraliter noduloso; apertura oblonga, labro paullum incrassato, columella 5-plicata, fere recta. Long. 23, lat. 8°75 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Henjam Island, 10 fathoms. Allied to this little species are those of the group of which M. multicostata, Sw., may be taken as an exponent. It is much narrower in form than this species, the beautiful shining riblets and decussating cancellations so regularly disposed, with the white stramineous and fuscous zoned spiral bands, serving to characterize it. AZ. sculptilis, Reeve, is of somewhat similar build, but here the interstices alone are latticed, the ribs remaining clear. In dteina there is com- plete cancellation, and the same obtains in Jd. dedala, Rve. Lamellaria (Chelynotus) berghi, Desh. (PISL Vi. tic.783) Lamellaria berghi, G. P. Deshayes, Moll. de Réunion, 1863, p. 77, pl. ix. figs. 18-20, I figure what appears to be a non-adult form of berghi, Desh., a most fragile, delicate, vitreous shell, with bluish tinge, perfectly translucent, apex mamillate, very minute, measuring alt. 9, diam. 8 mm. So many endemic species or forms, closely allied to and yet specifically distinct from others ranging further south, have been recently discovered in what might be termed the “ cul de sac”’ of the Persian Gulf, that it is quite possible that, when mature, this may present characteristics for differentiation; but, at all events, it being the first time a member of this group has been reported from these seas, a record of its occurrence is interesting. A very few examples were collected, all live shells, similar in size and all other respects. No exact locality is given otherwise than “ Persian Gulf.” Melanella lampra*, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 9.) M. testa parva, attenuata, delicata, pellucida, pallide olivacea, levi ; anfractibus 11, ad suturas impressis, ventricosulis, perlwvibus, diaphanis, ultimo tres anfractus approximatos exeequante, versus basin leniter declivi; apertura oblonga, labro haud effuso, recto, margine columellari obliquo, simplice. Long. 6, lat.-1°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, probably off Shaikh-Shuaib Island. * Adprpos, shining. from the Persian Gulf, &c. 143 A very delicate pellucid Eulimoid, as the specific name chosen denotes. It indeed seems fatucus to be now com- pelled to group the members of this genus of ivory whiteness and delicacy under a name so ill-chosen, and suggestive of Cimmerian darkness ! Mucronalia aethria*, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 10.) M. testa parva, perlevi, diaphana, nitidissima, oblongo-fusiform1 ; anfractibus ad 12, quorum apicales 2 simpliciter heterostrophi, his 3 proximis attenuato-caudatis, ceteris ad suturas vix im- pressis, leniter accrescentibus, ultimo longitudine tres approxi matos anfractus equante ; peristomate tenui, columella obliqua, apertura ovato-oblonga. Long. 5, lat. 1°50 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Henjam Island, 40 fathoms, 1906. This Mucronalia is a plain, extremely smooth and shining little species, hardly impressed suturally, the upper whorls much narrowed and slightly caudate, while the nuclei are heterostrophe. Three other species are found in these seas, as follows :— M. bizonula, Melv. Proc. Malac. Soc. vii. 1906, p. 73, pl. vil. fig. 8.—A minute twice-banded species, found in the Gulf of Oman at 156 fathoms and since recorded by Mr. C. Hedley + from Mast Head Reef, Queensland, 17-20 fathoms. M. lepida, Melv. ibid. p. 72, pl. viil. fig. 31.—An ovate, small form from the same locality. Entirely white and semi- pellucent. M. oxytenes, Melv. ibid. vi. 1904, p. 163, pl. x. fig. 13.— Larger than the last in all its parts. Also from the Gulf of Oman, dredged from deep water. Turbonilla exilispira }, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 12.) 7. testa alba, minuta, perattenuata, semipellucente ; anfractibus 13, quorum 8 apicales, valide heterostrophi, cxteris angustis, ad suturas impressis, arcte oblique costulatis, costulis ad basin evanidis, interstitiis levibus, ultimo yix latiore; peristomate recto, tenui, apertura squarrosula, columella recta. Long. 4, lat. °75 mm. Hab, Karachi. Almost as narrow as ZT’. angustissima §, Melv., from the * ai@puos, clear, bright. + Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1907, vol. xxxii. p. 505. { Evilis, spira, with slender spire, § Proc. Malac. Soe. vol. vi. 1904, p, 55, pl. v. fig. 15. 144 Dr. J. C. Melvill on Maurine Mollusca Gulf of Oman, 156 fathoms, with which alone it seems com- parable, this little species can easily be recognized by its pinched form, its straight peristome and squarrose aperture, and longitudinal oblique riblets far more close and numerous than obtain in its ally. Both have similarly constructed apical whorls. It only occurred very rarely at the above locality. Turbonilla patruelis, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 13.) T. testa minuta, gracili, subpellucente, attenuata, nitida; an- fractibus ad 14, quorum 3 apicales valide heterostrophi, ceteris suturaliter impressis, ventricosis, longitudinaliter arcte costulatis, interstitiis sub lente spiraliter multistriatis, ultimo anfractu ad medium leniter castaneo-zonato, costulis rectis; apertura parva, peristomate tenui, columella fere recta. Long. 5, lat. 1:25 mm. flab. Gulf of Oman, Charbar, 5 fathoms. Resembling 7’. materna, Melv., but moulded upon an alto- gether smaller and more delicate scale, the whorls being semipellucid, as opposed to the opaque white of the more solid materna, while the longitudinal riblets are proportion- ately more frequent. Around the centre of the riblets runs a very faint spival chestnut band or line. In this particular it is comparable with Z’. unicincta, Melv., than which it is thinner and smaller and more multicostate. Turbonilla thryallis *, sp.n. (Pl. IV. fig. 14.) 7. testa candida, compacta, nequaquam pellucida, levissima, attenu- ata; anfractibus ad 15, quorum apicales 2-3 incumbenti-hetero- strophi, ventricosis, ad suturas multum impressis, arcte longitu- dinaliter recte costulatis, costulis, simul ac interstitiis, perlvibus, numero anfractum apud ultimum 27, ad basin evanidis ; peri- stomate tenui, columella recta, apertura angusta, squarrosula. Long. 7, lat. 1°75 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, Charbar, 40 fathoms. A very neat and elegant species, pure opaque milky-white, exceedingly smooth and shining throughout, with impressed sutures and ventricose whorls, the longitudinal riblets being close and numerous—twenty-seven may be counted on the body-whorl. Labrum and columella straight, mouth quadrate and narrow. * OpvadXes, white pith or wick of a candle, from the fancied resem- blance. from the Persian Gulf, &e. 145 Allied most nearly to the much larger 7. candida, Ad., and also to J’. materna and unicincta, Melv. From the last of these it differs in more frequent costulations and absence of any spiral coloured band; trom materna in greater delicacy of substance, and also in the straight smooth riblets being closer and almost double in number. Turbonilla umbrina*, sp.n. (Pl. LV. fig. 11.) T. testa attenuata, solidula, compacta, sordide brunnea, levi; an- fractibus 15=16, inclusis apicalibus heterostrophis, omnibus ad suturas impressis, undique arcte costulatis, costis crassis, rectis, interstitialiter superficie levi, ultimo anfractu infra peripheriam levigata, costis evanescentibus; apertura fere rotunda, parva, labro vix effuso, columella recta. Long. 8, lat. 1°75 mm. Hab. Karachi, 1906. A somewhat coarsely built Turbonilla, of a dull brown colour throughout; whorls fairly impressed suturally, longi- tudinal riblets frequent, straight, close, interstices quite - smooth; mouth, proportionately speaking, small, roundish, columellar margin straight, outer lip hardly effuse. It was very rare at the above locality. Eulimella squarrosula, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 16.) E. testa alba, delicata, tenui, anguste fusiformi, versus apicem paullum caudata; anfractibus ad 14, quorum apicales 3 valide heterostrophi, ceteris paullulum ad suturas impressis, lavissimis, sub lente longitudinaliter albo-strigatis, ultimo anfractu duos proximos longitudine exeequante ; apertura squarrosa, peristomate tenui, columella fere recta. Long. 4:50, lat. 1 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 55 fathoms. A species plain in form, hardly impressed suturally ; whorls smooth, straight; mouth square, outer lip and columella nearly straight. This differs from all the eight species hitherto included in this fauna, perhaps coming nearest to a aes t, Melv., distinguished by its elegant pagodiform whorls. * Umbra, shade, from the dusky colour. + Proc. Malac, Soe. vol. vi. 1904, p. 56, pl. v. fig, 15. 146 Dr. J. C. Melvill on Marine Mollusca Styloptygma clymene*, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 15.) S. testa parva, tenui, alba, perlevi, elongata, supra brevicaudata ; anfractibus ad 9, quorum apicales duo laterali-heterostrophi, ceteris ad suturas impressis, pernitidis, ultimo 4 longitudinis totius equante; apertura parva, ovato-rotunda, labro recto, colu- mella fortiter uniplicata. Long. 5, lat. 1:25 mm. fab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 55 fathoms. A somewhat stouter species than the allied 8. cometes, Melv., which is more caudate, and subpellucid. I think it is right ‘to place it in the same genus; by some it might be included in Syrnola. Cingulina secernenda, sp.n. (PI. IV. fig. 17.) C. testa minuta, attenuata, oblonga, alba ; anfractibus ad 9, quorum tres apicales, heterostrophi, Jeeves, lacteo-vitrei, ceteris undique uniformiter arcte spiraliter carinati et tornati, carinulis rotun- datis, interstitialiter sub lente alveolatis, supernis duabus, ante- et penultimo tribus, ultimo septem carinulis preeditis; apertura oblongo-ovata, peristomate paullulum incrassato, albo, columella omnino simplice. Long. 3°50, lat. 1 mm. Hab, Karachi. Very like, superficially, to Oscilla indica, Melv., but wanting the columellar plait. An Oseilla occurred, likewise, on the telegraph-cable in the Gulf of Oman, at 43 fathoms, resembling this species, but more elongate than O. indica, with the same character of tornate whol ornamented with spiral carinee, columella strongly once-plicated ; long. 4°75 mm. ‘This we have placed with our O. faceta t, as probably exemplifying the adult state of that species. The mouth, however, is smaller and rounder, and there are other slight differences; but nothing can be decided till more specimens are obtained. * Clymene, a Nereid, daughter of Oceanus and Tethys, and mother of Phaeton. ee + Journ. of Malac. vol. xi. 1904, p. 82, pl. viii. fig. 10. Jrom the Persian Gulf, &e. 147 Rissorna, d’Orb., 1840. § CHILIosTIGMA, subgen. nov. Rissoina refugium, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 20.) R. testa isosceliformi, supra attenuata, alba, nitida, solidula; an- fractibus ad 11, apicalibus levibus, nitentibus, ceteris suturaliter impressis, ventricosulis, undique arcte et minute longitudinaliter striato-liratis, striis paullum obliquis, interstitiis regulariter et arctissime spiraliter puncturatis, punctis minutis, ultimo anfractu infra peripheriam curto, abbreviato ; peristomate albo, incrassato, levi, subtriangulari, paullum effuso, fere continuo, ad basin compresso, erassiore ; columella obliqua, apertura subovata. Long. 12, lat. 4 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, lat. 24° 50’ N., long. 56° 54’ E. ; 156 fathoms. A remarkable species, which seems worthy of separate subgeneric rank, coming, it is true, near certain members of subgen. Zebina or Zebinella, but differing in the close longi- tudinal striation and interstitial close spiral pitting, the puncturations being very regular and minute. From these circumstances I propose the subgenus Chiliostigma *. The nearest approach I can find in this large genus to our species is L?. mottez’, Bavay f, from Jamaica, very recently described. I have only seen figure and description. It is more decidedly costulate, but the deep spiral pitting is represented, and I would consider it to belong to the same new subgenus. Amphithalamus psomus t{, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 19.) A, testa minuta, oblonga, solidula, fusca; anfractibus 5, quorum apicalis minutus, ceteris arctissime spiraliter striatis, ultimo paullum elongato; apertura subrotunda; peristomate fere con- tinuo, late fuscescente, nitido, paullum expanso; columella simplice. Long. 3°25, lat. 1°75 mm. Hab. Mekran Coast, near Gwadtr. A very small, dark brown shell, with slightly expanded and reflected lip, very closely microscopically spirally striate throughout. It has several allies in this region—columen, * yiuos, oriyua, thousand-pitted. + Journ. de Conch. 1917, p. 107, pl. iii. fig. 15. { Pwpos, a morsel or tit-bit. 148 Dr. J. C. Melvill on Marine Mollusca aristet, elspethe, and others. It differs from all in its compact form, brown colour, and slightly expanded lip. Fossarus eutorniscus*, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 21.) F, testa perminuta, solidiuscula, sordide straminea, ovata; an- fractibus 4, quorum duo apicales bulbosi, albi, levissimi, peunul- timo 2- ultimo 5-carinato, videlicet, carina prima infra, juxta suturas, secunda et tertia ad peripheriam, quarta et quinta circa umbilicum versus basin, interstitiis spiraliter minute ad profunde punctatis, umbilico anguste profundo ; apertura rotundata ; peri- stomate incrassato, rotundo, continuo; margiue columellari simplice. Alt. 1:50, diam. 1:50 mm. Hab. Karachi. Probably the smallest species of the genus, of which we have only seen five or six examples, varying very slightly in size. Though so minute, the sculpture is most elaborate, especially of the body-whorl, which possesses five spiral keels, the first just below the sutures, second and third at tlie peri- phery, fourth and fifth round the umbilicus; these keels are very incrassate, proportionately speaking, and the interstitial spaces between the second and third and fourth and fifth keels are spirally, regularly, deeply punctate. Of the same general form as /. elegans fT, Verrill & Smith, trom U.S.A. Atlantic Coast, but much smaller. Fossarus (Couthouyia) canbellariin sp. n. (Pl. V:. fig. 22.) F. testa parva, alba, tenui, ovato-oblonga; anfractibus 6, quorum apicales 2 vitrei, leaves, mamillati, ceteris 4, ad suturas multum impressis, ventricosulis, undique minute et pulcherrime regu- lariter cancellatis, interstitiis quadratulis, ultimo anfractu ceteros permultum exsuperante ; umbilico perparvo, angustissimo ; aper- tura ovata, peristomate tenuissimo, fragili, columella simplice, obliqua. Long. 3°50, lat. 2 mm. (sp. max.). Hab. “ Persian Gulf.’”” A very fragile, delicate shell, six-whorled, these being swollen and veutricose, the whole surface beautifully minutely cancellate ; outer lip thin, slightly effuse; aperture oval, * ev Tropvickos, well-turned. + Trans. Connect. Acad. v. p. 522, pl. xlvii. fig. 38 (1882). from the Persian Gulf, &e. 149 umbilicus very small and narrow, columella oblique. The nearest approach to this may be #. (Couthouyiw) obtusa, A. Ad., from California, by some authors deemed an Jsapis ; but this is a far coarser species in character and build. I possess a large series of this and allied genera, very many yet unnamed, and neither among these nor yet in the British 5 . Museum have I been able to find its match. Triphora incolumis, sp.n. (PI. 1V. fig. 18.) T, testa cylindrico-fusiformi, pallide straminea, solidula; an- fractibus 16-17, quorum apicales 5 pulchre et minute longitu- dinaliter striati, paullum decussati, apice ipso levi, deplanato, ceteris ad suturas profunde impressis, lateribus paullulum con- vexis, quatuor supernis bi-, his proximis triseriatis, ordinibus nodulato-gemmatis decoratis, ultimo anfractu serie quarta pre- dito, gemmis interdum versus basin evanidis, circa basin tribus liris succinctis; apertura quadrata, peristomate tenui, canali brevi, paullum recurvo, Long. 10, lat. 8 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf: Fao Cable, and along the north coast ; not rare. A fine species, of pronounced character. Cylindro-fusiform in shape, with channelled sutures, whorls (including the five nuclear, three of which are very finely striate) 16-17 in number, the lower whorls all ornamented with three equal spiral regular rows of gemme, shining, round, large propor- tionately ; the body-whorl possessing four, the lowest of them sometimes has the gemme partly evanescent, the base being encircled with spiral plain ridges. Aperture somewhat squarrose, peristome thin, canal shortly recurved, pronounced, It may be compared with 7. rufula, Watson, a somewhat smaller species* (long. 7°5 mm.) from Wednesday Island, Torres Straits. This is much of the same sculpture, with channelled suture, the shell being of a ruddy yellow tint throughout. It differs from 7. idonea, M. & St., not only in the channelled sutures and greater breadth of contour, but in the mouth being more eee We have seen a live albino form from Fao; in this the fourth row of noduled gemmee at the periphery of the basal whorl is extremely distinet and perfect. * ‘Challenger’ Exp. xy. p. 566, pl, xlii. fig. 2, 150 Dr. J. C. Melvill on Marine Mollusca Triphora interpres, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 23.) T. testa elegantula attenuato-fusiformi, gracili, cinerea ; anfractibus ad 20, quorum 5 apicales, apice ipso pallide fusco, levi, his proximis pulchre cancellatis, ochraceo-fuscis, ceteris leniter et anguste ad suturas impressis, lateribus fere rectis, tribus spiralium gemmularum ordinibus arcte et regulariter praeditis, ordine medio minorum, superficie hic illic castaneo-tessellato, ultimo circa basin bilirato; apertura parva, semicirculari, canali conspicuo, breyi, recurvo. Long. 11, lat. 2°25 mm. (sp. max.). Hab. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 55 fathoms. A rare species, very gracefully attenuate, many (20 or more) whorled, the apical being five in number, ochreous- brown and finely cancellate in young specimens, but soon getting worn, the remainder slightly impressed suturally, with three spiral bands of gemmuled nodules, those on either side of the sutures being the largest and most pronounced, the median row smaller; the body-whorl has but three gemmuled rows in all the examples we have examined, the fourth row, at the periphery, being a simple ridge. The colour is ashy-white, flecked with pale chestnut dashes over the whorls at certain intervals. Mouth small proportionately, semicircular ; peristome thin, canal short, recurved. * k * % In the former enumeration of the species of this genus occurring in the Persian Gulf area five only are mentioned, VIZ. :— T. acuta (Kien.), T.. cingulata (A. Ad.), T. corrugata (Hinds), T. idonea, M. & St., T. perversa (1). Of these, acuta, Kien., we have identified with the aid of specimens in the British Museum, assisted by the excellent figure in ‘Coquilles Vivantes.’ It is common at Karachi, and known by the dark brown spiral zone of gemmuled nodules at the sutures. A small species; may possibly be an extreme form of perversa, This last-named is protean, and of extremely wide distribu- tion. We have examined two or three hundred examples at least, and find it impossible to get a definite grasp of any essential distinctive character. Mr. le Brockton Tomlin from the Persian Gulf, &e. 151 kindly gave me his opinion on the subject—that it was unlikely that the Gulf fauna contained a single species found inthe Mediterranean ; but since we hear of perversa occurring on the Pacific coast, ‘in West Aimerica, we dare not accept this theory as completely valid, and prefer to leave the name unaltered. One interesting form of this molluse inhabiting the coast near Karachi is larger than the normal type which so commonly extends from Bombay northwards, and measures long. 9, lat. 2 mm.; whorls 15, nuclear small, slightly caudate ; whorls impressed suturally, of the usual pattern, 3-seriate, with spiral small gemmulate nodules; colour pale stramineous, nuclear whorls pure white ; body-whorl four- rowed, two raised ridges around the base. A narrower shell than incolumis, and not so gracefully attenuate as ¢nterpres. To this variety of perversa the name persica might be attached. T. idonea, M. & St., is a white chalky shell, of deep water. It has not occurred plentifully, and perhaps comes nearest to enterpres. T. corrugata, Hinds, is, next to the ordinary form of what we still call perversa (L.), the most abundant and striking of the Gulf Triphore. It is found all along the coast, and with it we now merge what was erroneously called cingulata in our first Catalogue. To these TZ’. concatenata, Melv., a small, very attenuate species, has been added, audicheretcamence of J’. concors, Hinds, been noted. Therefore, including the two new species incolumis and interpres, eight species of this genus are now recorded, of which, so far as is known, three are endemic in these seas. Leptothyra miltochrista *, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 24.) ZL. testa solida, suborbiculari, fulvo-rubescente; anfractibus 5, quorum tres apicales, leves, albi, cateris duobus undique arcte spiraliter liratis, liris uniformibus ; apertura rotunda ; peristomate crassiusculo nitido, albo, simul ac margine columellari; umbilico anguste sed profundo, cujus margine nequaquam crenulato. Alt. 3°75, diam. 4 mm, Hab. *‘ Persian Gulf,” probably off Henjam Island. A small, solid, orbicular, reddish-yellow species, with shining white peristome and columella surrounding its circular aperture; margin of the deep but narrow umbilicus not, as 1s so often the case, crenulate, but quite simple. ‘The * wrroxptaros, in allusion to the red-ochre colour. 152 Dr. J. GC. Melvill on Mariné Mollusca whole surface of the two lower whorls is closely spirally lirate. Allied to Z. rosea, Pilsbry, from Japan, but smaller. Exclusive of this new species, five others of this genus have, so far, been reported from this region, viz. :— 1. L. jilifera, Desh. This needs further investigation. I cannot find an specimens in the collection so named, as I understand, by the late Mr. E. A. Smith. 2. L. leta, Montr.=costulosa, G. B. Sowb. In three or four dredgings in Gulf of Oman. A very prettily painted shell, depresso-discoid in form, spirally closely lirate, variegated with rose-coloured spots radiating round the surface. Also a New Caledonian species. 3. L. munda (H. Adams) CoLtonta ; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Turbo, pl. xii. fig. 163. Persian Gulf. Very minute. 4. I. pilula, Dunker. Maskat (Muscat) and Charbar, 5-6 fathoms. Also Bahrein, and in two or three soundings, Gulf of Oman. A heavily built little round shell, with shouldered whorls, and buff or cinereous spiral spotting and blotches on a dull white ground. Umbilicus margin coarsely crenulate. 5. L. rubens, Melv. & Stand. Persian Gulf, Mussandam, 30 fathoms; live examples. Also at 60 and 156 fathoms in the Gulf of Oman. A somewhat smooth, angled species, shining, reddish in colour, very abundant at 156 fathoms, rarer at a less depth. Others very possibly occur. The species are hard to discriminate, and may vary more in sculpture and colouring than is supposed to be the case. The genus is mostly Eastern, but several striking species occur in the Sandwich Isles and western coasts of America. ." trom the Persian Gulf, ke. 153, Minoha charmosyne*, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 25.) M. testa gradata, conica, solidula, tornata, fusco-variegata ; anfrac- tibus sex, quorum duo albi, minuti, apicales, leves, ceteris infra suturas acute carinatis, supernis una, ultimo anfractu duabus carinis predito, inter has spiraliter unilirato, simul ac ad basin et circa umbilicum profundum, sed angustum, multis liris decorato, interstitialiter minute longitudinaliter tenuiter rugosi- striatulo ; apertura rotunda, peristomate tenui, columella paullulum reflexa. Alt. 5, diam. 4 mm. Hab, Karachi. A little, prettily variegated and acutely tornate Minolia, of which we have also seen an albino variety which might be termed var. a/binella. The upper whorls are smooth, the body-whorl alone showing very fine longitudinal strice infer stitially, while round the narrow but deep umbilicus this is more pronounced, causing a delicately shagreened appearance ; the spiral lire here are three or four in number, and four between the periphery and the base. Minolia (Conotrochus) eutyches t, sp. n. (Pl. V. fig. 26.) M., testa oblongo-fusiformi, cinerea, delicata; anfractibus 8, quorum apice ipso minuto, subplanato, ceteris ad suturas multum im- pressis, centraliter carinatis, carinam supra mediam spiraliter lente uniliratis, et, infra, juxta sutura, carina secunda forti, sed minus prominula preditis, undique longitudinaliter minute et arctissime lamellosis, cinereis, ad carinas et supra _tessellato- maculatis, ultimo tribus carinis decorato, versus basin paullum excavato, concentrice lirato; umbilicis profundo, angusto ; aper- tura rotunda, peristomate continuo, tenul. Long. 5, lat. 2°25 mm. Hab. Persian Gulf, Muscat, 10-30 fathoms. Allied to C. holdsworthianus t, G. & H. Nevill, which oceurs at Karachi, with a wide range extending to Singapore (Archer). From this it differs in for m, being more oblong, in colour, no bright tinting, in 8 against 5 whorls, Several examples occurred, all very similar. * yappootiyn, a delight. + cbroixns, fortunate. t Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1871, p, 3, pl. i. fig. 18. Ann, & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i, 11 154 Dr. J. ©. Melvill on Marine Mollusca Euchelus xeniolum*, sp. un. (PI. V. fig. 27.) E. testa perparva, ovato-conica, imperforata, candida; anfractibus 7, quorum 3 apicales, apice ipso prominulo, duobus huic proximis longitudinaliter oblique liratulis, ceteris apud suturas profunde impressis, supernis spiraliter 4-, ultimo 9-liratis, liris regularibus, superficie longitudinaliter oblique cancellato-decussata ad junc- turas lirarum pulchre gemmato-nodulosis, gemmis nitidis, infra peripheriam ad basin minoribus, concinnis, regularibus; aper- tura rotunda, peristomate fere continuo, intus denticulato, margine columellari excavata. Alt. 4°50, diam. 3 mm. Hab. Gulf of Oman, Charbar, 5 fathoms. A small white Huchelus, normal in general characters, beautifully and regularly spirally lirate and decussate ; at the point of junction the gemmulate nodules are round and shining. Mouth small, roundish; peristome almost con- tinuous ; columella excavate. Cylichna euthlasta T, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 28.) C. testa perparva, fragilissima, ovato-cylindrica, alba, lateribus fere rectis, undique spiraliter arcte tenuistriata, striis sub lente minutissime depunctis; apertura versus basin paullum dilatata, supra angusta, vertice profunde umbilicata, margine rotundato, columella simplice. Alt. 2°75, diam. °75 mm. Hab. On rocks at low tide, Karachi. Comparable with three species described by the late Mr. Edgar Smith (but unfortunately not figured), all of which occur in the same seas, Viz., consanguinea, perpusilla, and pumilissima t. The first of these is longitudinally curvedly striate, vertex encircled with acute carina round the umbilicus, lip slightly contracted in the centre. Perpusilla is smaller and with quite smooth surface ; while pumilissima, equally minute (alt. 1}, diam. }mm.), possesses longitudinal curved ridges and very dilated aperture basally. The specimen selected for the type was accidentally broken after being figured, and a smaller example has to be considered the available co-type. * Zeviodoyr, a little gift. 1 cvOdaoros, fragile. { Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) ix. pp. 352-3. from the Persian Gulf, &e. 155 Oxynoé omega, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 29.) O. testa ovata, cartilaginea, levigata, epidermide tenui sordide straminea induta, postice contracta, spira depressa, acute trun- catula, antice dilatata, rotundata, anfractu ultimo tumescente, labro fere recto, leniter ad basin rotundato, pertenui, Alt. 6, lat. 4 mm. fTab. Gulf of Oman, Charbar, 5 fathoms. Several examples, some of which seem slightly malformed. O. delicatula, Nevill *, appears the nearest ally. This is reported from both Ceylon and Australia, and about the same size as the proposed new species; the last whorl is, however, much less tumid and full, and the posterior contraction more marked. The name Oxynoé, Rafinesque, 1819, has many years’ precedence over Jcarus, Forbes, 1844, and the better-known Lophocercus, Kroken, 1847. Cylindrobulla systremma ft, sp.n. (PI. V. fig. 30.) C. testa parva, elongato-cylindrica, tenuissima, membranacea, superficie undique levi, subpellucente, ochraceo-straminea; an- fractibus 3, apicalibus duobus inclusis deplanatis, ultimo maxime involuto ; apertura angustissime supra, ad basin multum latiore, subtruncatulo, Long. 6°25, lat. 3°75 mm. (sp. max.). Hab. Gulf of Oman, Mekran Coast, off Charbar, 40 fathoms. In form resembling the much smaller European species C. fragilis, Jeffr. C. sculpta, Nevill}, is atso comparable. This species, much of the same dimensions, though a little broader proportionately, is very finely striate, our species being quite smooth. Dentalium tomlini, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 31.) D, testa mediocri, multum incurya, longitudinaliter regulariter costata, costis 1i-12, interdum versus aperturam anticam evan- escentibus, interdum undique fortibus, regularibus, interstitiis levibus, paullum excavatis, superficie nune albescente, nune ochro-carnea, apice anali in speciminibus haud adultis perminimo, aliter sub lente bifisso, antico nequaquam expanso. Long. 22, diam, antic. 3, post. 1 mm. * Journ. Asiatic Soc, Bengal, 1869, p. 67, pl. xiii. figs. 5-5 ¢. - + cborpeppa, a roll. { Journ, Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1869, p. 68, pl. xiii. figs. : Di A 156 Dr. J. C. Melvill on Marine Mollusca Hab. Warachi. Allied to D. porcatum, Gould, from Hongkong, to which at first I was inclined to allocate it. I am particularly in- debted to Mr. J. R. le B. Tomlin for having, at my request, carefully examined and compared it with its congeners in the British Museum, and his verdict is as follows + —*T examined the single example of D. porcatum in the Cumingian collec- tion, which is, I fancy, a co-type, and has a label, pasted underneath, in what I believe to be Gould’s handwriting. Your Karachi shell is very similar, but more tapering, and possesses ribs running the whole length of the shell, whereas in poreatum the alternate ribs stop abruptly about 3 of the way” (tn litt., Aug. 10, 1916). It gives me sincere pleasure to baptize this neat species with Mr. le Brockton Tomlin’s name. Divaricella cypselis*, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 33.) D. testa rotundo-globulari, parva albo-cinerea, delicatula, antice dorsaliter excavata, postice leniter declivi, deinde circa mar- ginem ventralem rotundata, umbonibus contiguis, parvis, super- ficie, spatio centrali valve utriusque excepto, arctissime con- centrice lirata, et antice, simul ac postice radiatim decussata, ad jmubunrass lirarum gemmata, valvis profunde convexis. Alt. 4, lat. 5, diam. 2°45 mm. Hab. Karachi, 20-30 fathoms. A small rounded species, with finely sculptured divaricate liration, the surface of both valves being smooth centrally, and finely radiately decussate both anteriorly and posteriorly. ‘he umbones are small, acute, shining. Phacoides malcolmensis, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 32.) P. testa parva, fere rotunda, alba, arctissime concentrice lamellata, lamellis paullulum flexuosis, hic illic irregularibus, supra, Juxta et infra umbones sub lente minutissime decussatis, umbonibus prominulis contiguis, parvis, antice paullum excavata, deinde rotundata, postice recte declivi marginem apud dorsalem, dentibus normalibus. Long. 9°25, lat. 10 mm. (sp. maj,). Hab. Persian Gulf, Malcolm Inlet, 35 fathoms. A small white species with a fugitive light olive epidermis, very closely lamellate throughout. Only two or three * «beds, a chest or box, from the Persian Gulf, &e. ES examples were dredged, and it is possible it may attain slightly larger dimensions, as we are not certain of these being adult. Cypricardia vertumnalium*, sp.n. (PL. V. fig. 34.) C. testa sordide alba, solidula, polymorpha, oblonga vel ovata, ~ nune alta, ovata, umbonibus prominulis, nunc oblongo-depressa, umbonibus minutis, hie arcte concentrice lamellata, illic fere levigata, superticie longitudinaliter inter lamellas arcte striata, lamellis rudibus, postice sepius incurvis, intus alba, nitida, sinu palliali lato, profundo, dentibus variatis, plerisque normalibus, interdum cardinali laterali absente, vel deformi. Alt. 26, lat. 22, diam. 13 mm. (sp. max.). Hab. Karachi. A polymorphic species which cannot exactly be matched with any other of the recent forms, with which we have care- fully compared it, simple though its appearance and characters be. Through the kindness of Mr. G. B. Sowerby we have received a suite of specimens, all from the same locality, or collected by Mr. Townsend, and these each exhibit some varietal phase. Carditella concinna, sp.n. (Pl. V. fig. 35.) C. testa perminuta, solidiuscula, cequivalvi, fere eequilaterali, sub- triangulata, concinna, umbonibus contiguis, margine dorsali antice excayatula, postice leniter declivi, deinde ventrali rotundata, costis longitudinalibus tredecim, latis in utraque valva, superficie undique arcte tenuiter striata. Alt. 1°75, lat. 2, diam. 1 mm. Hab. Karachi. An exceedingly small but neat little shell, the shape some- what triangular, slightly excavate dorsally in front and poste- riorly gradually sloping off to the rounded ventral margin. Slightly convex ; both valves, almost equilateral, are pro- vided with thirteen flattened ribs, the interstices being exceedingly narrow, all everywhere crossed by transverse very fine strive. It occurred most rarely. * Vertumnus, the god of mutability, had festal days, entitled “ Ver- tumnalia,’ dedicated in his honour. 158 Mr. T. D, A. Cockerell—Descriptions and EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES. ae hig... a Fig. 2 Fig. 3. Fig. 4. hig. 30 Fg. 6 Bag. «hs hig, 8 Fig. 9 Fig. 10 Fig. 11 Fig. 12 Q'S Ne ere ee ~7 O) Or ye © Fie, 18. PLATE IV. . Bursa gnorima. . Alectryon (Phrontis) alcimus. (Hima) protrusidens. (——) gwatkinianus. . Pisania townsendi. . Mitra vaticinator. (Pusia) tteina. . Lamellaria (Chelynotus) berghi, Desh. (juv.). . Melanella lampra. . Mucronalia aethria. . Turbonilla umbrina. exilispira. patruelis. thryallis. ' . Styloptygma clymene. . Lulimella squarrosula. . Cingulina secernenda. Triphora incolums. PLATE V. . Amphithalamus psomus. . Rissoina (Chiliostigma) refugium. . Fossarus eutorniscus, (Couthouyia) eancellarius. . Triphora interpres. . Leptothyra miltochrista, . Minolhia charmosyne. ( Conotrochus) eutyches. . Luchelus xeniolum. . Cylichna euthlasta. 29. Oxynoé omega. . Cylindrobulla systremma. . Dentalium tomlint. . Phacoides malcolmensis. . Divaricella cypselis. . Cypricardia vertumnalium. . Carditella concinna. XVII.—Descriptions and Records of Bees —LXXIX. By T. D. A. CockrrEx1, University of Colorado. Colletes gigas, sp. 0. ? .—Length about 17 mm.; anterior wing 12 mm. Black, including legs and antennz, the middle of flagellum faintly reddish beneath; tegule clear ferrugimous; hair of ), Volt, PLLV. weaieh) Z Ant.c¢ MaawNVat.Atst LVILL. MF t- +t FROM PERSIAN GULF AND ARABIAN SEA. MOLLLUSCA MELVILL. Ani.d Mug Na i Flist, 8.2, VOCLPLY. G.M.Woodwara del.et lith Muth imj MOLLUSCA FROM PERSIAN GULF AND ARABIAN SEA. Records of Bees. 159 face pale fulvous, with some fuscous, of region about ocelli mainly fuscous, of cheeks pale but not white ; clypeus lon- gitudinally depressed in middle, coarsely punctured, with a marked tendency toward longitudinal ridges; malar space about half as long as broad; ocelli fulvous; vertex with very small irregular punctures ; mesothorax strongly punc- tured; base of metathorax with coarse ruge ; thorax above with dense bright fulvous hair, sparsely tipped with fuseous ; tubercles with fulvous hair, and a patch just behind tipped with fuscous; pleura with pale ochreous-tinted hair. Wings reddish hyaline, nervures and the small stigma ferruginous, radial nervure fuscous; second submarginal cell extremely broad, receiving first recurrent nervure in middle. Legs with pale ochreous-tinted hair; spurs ferruginous. Abdo- men dullish, without distinct punctures; hind margins of segments broadly testaceous, and covered with appressed ochreous hair, but the first band is mainly on base of second segment; first segment with hight fulvous hair on basal: part; fourth and fifth segments with long fuscous hair before the light bands; venter thinly covered all over with ochreous hair. Foochow, Fukien, China, Nov. 16, 1914 (C. R. Kellogg, 243). From Prof, €. F. Baker. Something like C. fodiens, Kirby, but of gigantic size. C. mongolicus, Pérez, from Mongolia, has the red hair on thorax above, but it is very much smaller. Colletes friesei, n. n. Colletes mongolicus, Friese, Ann. Mus. Zool. Ac. Sci. St. Pétershourg, xviii. (1918), p. xlix (not of Pérez, 1903). Megachile (Paramegachile) kobensis, sp. n. 9? .—Length about 12 mm. Black, with white hair, which is short and thin on head and thorax above, so that the general effect is grey. Abdo- men with entire white hair-bands on segments 2 to 5; ventral scopa white (with a faint creamy tint, contrasting with the pure white of the dorsal bands), black on last seg- ment; last dorsal segment straight in profile, with scanty short dark hair. Mandibles quadridentate, the basal half covered with white hair; clypeus convex, densely punctured, with a smooth shining median line, lower margin subangular on each side; supraclypeal area densely punctured, with a shining area in middle ; flagellum obscure fuscous beneath, 160 Mr. DD, 7A: Cockerell— Descriptions and except at base; mesothorax and scutellum dull, with small extremely dense punctures ; metathorax with long white hair all over: tegule dark rufo-fuscous, witha broad hyaline margin. Wings hyaline, faintly dusky; hind basitarsi moderately broad, the hair on inner side clear ferruginous. Abdomen finely punctured. Kobe, Japan (Baker, 1449). Not closely allied to any described Japanese species. In Friese’s Paliearctic table it runs to M. leucomalla, Gerst., but has no dark hair on thorax. In the table of Oriental species it runs to M. femorata, Smith, but is larger and has black legs. Smith’s species requires a new name, as follows :— Megachile femoratella, n. n. Megachile femorata, Smith, New Sp. Hym. Brit. Mus. (1879) p. 68 (India). Not W. femorata, Smith, 1853. Nomia rhododonta, sp. n. ? .—Black; postscutellum with a deeply bidentate pro- cess, the teeth red; abdomen with broad emerald-green bands, shot with vermilion, on hind margins of segments 2 to 4; clypeus and supraclypeal area carinate ; wings red- dish, second submarginal cell short, higher than broad. In all respects very close to M. incerta, Gribodo, but somewhat larger, with the jarge tegule bright clear ferruginous, the mesothorax sparsely punctured with large and very small punctures, the upper border of prothorax and tubercles with light fulvous hair, and a large tuft of same before tegule ; hair of mesopleura ochreous-tinted ; punctures of second abdominal segment not so dense. Baton (Bouton ?), Celebes (Queensland Museum, 54). This appears to be identical with the species from Celebes* mentioned in Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc. xxxi. p. 822, but not named. Melissodes hymenoxidis, Cockerell. Tolland, Colorado, Aug. 24, 1911 (Cockerell). Epeolus humillimus, sp. n. 3 .—Length 65-7 mm. Black, with the mandibles red except at base, a red spot at each side of labrum; tegul, tubercles, knees, tibize at apex, and the tarsi all ferruginous; mandibles bidentate ; ’ Records of Bees. 161 maxillary palpi 2-jointed ; antenne black ; clypeus densely and minutely rugoso-punctate ; upper part of face covered with pure white hair; mesothorax and scutellum dull and rough, scutellum bilobed ; mesothorax with the anterior and posterior corners, and a pair of well-defined broad bands anteriorly, with greyish-white pubescence ; mesopleura with only the upper half densely pubescent ; scutellum covered with white hair posteriorly. Wings with the apical margin dusky. Abdomen with the usual bands of creamy-white tomentum, those on apices of segments 1 to 5 narrowly interrupted in middle, on 2 to 4 concave anteriorly sub- laterally, on 2 connected with a round patch at sides, on 5 reduced to a pair of transverse patches; band on sixth seg- ment entire ; black area on first segment a broad transverse band, obliquely truncate at each end. ; Variety a. Bands on mesothorax anteriorly altered to broad suffused patches, partly coalescent. Pullman, Washington State, Aug. 2, 1908 (IV. M. Mann). In Robertson’s table (Canad. Entom. 1903, p. 288) this runs out, having the pleura below quite closely punctured, the scutellum bilobed, and the mandibles toothed. It may be compared with EH. interruptus, Rob., but that is larger, with red legs and scape. . olympiellus, Ck, is larger, with the labrum entirely black and the tegule darker; it comes from the moist coast region, and evidently ZL. humillimus is its representative in the dry interior. The two may be found to intergrade in the country between. Nomia (Hoplonomia) expulsa, sp. n. 3 .—Length about 12°5 mm. Black, with the hind tibize (except a black spot) and tarsi dull ferruginous. Eyes reddish brown, strongly converging below ; face covered with ochreous hair; flagellum dusky red beneath ; head and thorax dorsally with rather coarse ochreous hair, ventrally with white hair, the transition gradual at sides; mesothorax and scutellum dull and rugose ; postscutellum with a pair of long spines, red at end; tegule large, brown, with a broad whitish border. Wings dusky reddish; stigma (which is small) and nervures ferruginous ; first r.n. joining second s.m. very near its end. Legs with whitish hair; hind femora enormously swollen, subglobose, conoid ; hind tibiz extremely short and stout, triangular, the spurs arising from the extremely produced inner apical corner; hind basitarsi greatly broadened, 162 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and broadest toward the base, where they are posteriorly con- eave. Abdomen dulland hairy, the hind margins of the first five segments (especially the fourth and fifth) whitened or pallid ; before the light tegumentary bands is fuscous hair, except on the first segment, where the band itself is feebly developed. “Guyane, Maroni” (Queensland Mus. 46). This seems out of place in the Neotropical fauna, and I wondered whether it could be an Old World species with wrong locality-label. However, I fail to find any such species in the fauna of Asia or Africa, and the structure of the hind legs, most significantly the basitarsi, approaches that of the American N. nortoni, Cresson. Consequently I believe it is really an American insect. Melipona chrysura, sp. 0. ¢ —Length 9 mm. Robust; head and thorax black, with short pale hair, ochreous dorsally ; face dark, except that there is a reddish spot below each antenna, and the lower edge of clypeus is narrowly red ; labrum and apical part of mandibles reddish ; scape with a red spot at base and a less conspicuous one at apex; flagellum very long, ferruginous beneath; scutellum and axille clear fulvous; metathorax suffused with reddish; clypeus dull, but a polished shining band marking its upper end; tubercles fulvous; mesothorax dull, densely rugoso- punctate, with two shining lines on each side, and a median line of greyish-white hair; scutellum dull; base of meta- thorax shining ; tegule large, ferruginous. Wings reddish hyaline, stigma and nervures ferruginous. Legs more or less reddish, the anterior femora beneath and tibie in front, middle tibize at apex, and hind tibie suffusedly on inner side, ferruginous. Abdomen broad, dull orange, the first two segments combined with a very broad X-like dark brown mark, the upper arms of which reach the sides of first seg- ment, but the lower arms go little more than halfway to sides of second; segments 3 to 5 dark at base ; sixth dark with pale hind margin; venter pale fulvous suffusedly marked with fuscous. Olokemeji, Ibadan, Nigeria (Queensland Mus., 55). Nearest to Jrigona or Melipona tomentosa, Friese, but larger, and differing in the details of coloration. Records of Bees. 163 Perdita interrupta, Cresson. Claremont, California (Baker; Pomona College, 227). This is the first definite locality; Cresson only gave “ California.” Prosopis littleri, sp. n. 6 .—Length about 5°5 mm. Rather slender; black, marked with pale lemon-yellow and bright ferruginous; face below antenna, as well as labrum and mandibles, yellow; the lateral marks extend upward along orbital margin as a very narrow band, coming to a point about halfway up front; scape with a yellow band in front; flagellum ferruginous beneath; mesothorax and scutellum dull, with no punctures visible under a lens ; base of metathorax dull, not sculptured; narrow line on pro- thorax above, and tubercles, white; tegule black. Wings dusky, first r.n. meeting first t.-c.; knees, anterior tibiz (except sometimes a small spot), middle tibiz (except a large patch behind), hind tibize at base and extreme apex, and all the tarsi (except extreme apex of middle and hind ones) ferruginous. Abdomen with the basal two segments bright ferruginous, the others black; the first segment is black at base, and the second has a large black patch on each side, or these markings may be practically obsolete. George Town, Tasmania, March 1915 (Ff. M. Littler, 2593). Nearest to the mainland P. sanguinipicta, Ckll., but easily known by the greater amount of red on abdomen. Prosopis mediovirens, Cockerell. Launceston, Tasmania, Feb. 13,1916 (Littler, 2809). The male sent is 455 mm. long, which is larger than the type. New to Tasmania. Prosopis chlorosoma, Cockerell. Launceston, Tasmania, Feb. 13,1916 (Littler, 2810, pars). New to Tasmania. Prosopis perhumilis, Cockerell. Launceston, Tasmania, Feb. 13,1916 (Littler, 2810, pars), and a male, Feb. 12, 1914 (Littler, 2811). The occurrence of this species in Tasmania (cf. Descr. Rec. Bees, Ixii. p, 54) is thus confirmed. 164 Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell—Descriptions and Prosopis brevior, sp. n. Prosopis perhumilis, Cockerell, Mem. Queensl. Mus, v. (1916) p. 197 (Oxley, Brisbane), ¢. IT am now convinced that the Queensland supposed per- humilis must be separated. It is easily distinguished (¢ ) by the shorter clypeus and larger supraclypeal mark. In perhumilis the parallel-sided part of clypeus is higher than broad, in drevior it is very much broader than high. In brevior the lateral face-marks are longer, and the yellow stripe on scape is broader. Euryglossa tasmanica, sp. n. ? Length about 6°5 mm. Head and thorax black without markings. Abdomen very dark reddish, with a large subtriangular yellow patch on each side of segments 2 to 5, those on 5 only narrowly separated in the middle line; mandibles yellow basally, beyond that ferruginous, and dark at apex; clypeus and supraclypeal area shining, sparsely punctured ; supraclypeal area strongly elevated and angulate above; flagellum rather obscure red beneath; thorax only moderately shining, with scanty pale hair; mesothorax with mimute very sparse punctures on a dullish ground; metathorax obscurely reddish ; tegule dark. Wings slightly dusky, stigma and nervures dull ferruginous, venation ordinary. Anterior and middle knees, anterior tibize in front, and stripe on middle ones yellow or reddish-yellow. Abdomen shining ; venter of abdomen rufo-testaceous, with no markings except that middle of first segment is piceous. Launceston, Tasmania, 3 ?, Dec. 27,1915 (Littler, 2806). Related to EL. maculata, Sm., from Swan River, but that has yellow legs. Callomelitta nigrofasciata, sp. n. 9 .—Length about 9 mm. Shining black, with lateral thirds of mesothorax (narrower posteriorly) terra-cotta red; anterior femora at apex, anterior tibiee (except a black mark behind) and their basitarsi red ; apical plate of abdomen small and narrow, subclavate. Very close to C. litileri, Ckll., but apparently not its male, on account of the paler (though strongly dusky) wings, the broad black band down middle of mesothorax, and the black Ee ee tltC Records of Bees. 165 tegule (in /ittleri these are clear red). The second sub- marginal cell is much narrower below than in Ji¢éleri. The tubercles are black (red in Ji¢tleri). Launceston, Tasmania, Dec. 27, 1915 (Littler, 2272). _Halictus erythrurus, Cockerell. Launceston, Tasmania, Dec. 19 and 25, 1915 (Littler, 2807). New to Tasmania. Halictus tasmanie (Cockerell). St. Helens, Tasmania, Jan. 1-4, 1916 (Littler, 2808). The mesothorax is very faintly greenish. Trigona parastigma, sp. 0. Trigona stigma, Cockerell, ‘Psyche,’ 1913, p, 11 (Las Subanas, Panama), A specimen from Maroni, French Guiana (Queensland Mus., 53), differs from the Panama and Guatemala insect by the larger, broader head, the sides of the face broadly and strongly white-pruinose. ‘This must be the true stigma, of which Smith says, “ head wider than the thorax, the face anteriorly having a silvery pile.’ In the other form, which Ihave hitherto regarded as 7. stigma, the head is not so conspicuously broad, and while the face has a very thin pubescence, there is nothing to produce a white surface. The male from ‘Trinidad seems to belong to T. parastigma. The two species are certainly very closely allied, and yet evidently distinct. Andrena ribifloris, Viereck & Cockerell. ? .—Variety with pale hair, the long hair on first two abdominal segments white. Near Gresham, Colorado, at flowers of Ribes saxosum, June 8 (W. P. Cockerell). Andrena opacissima, sp. 0, ? .—Length about 8 mm.; anterior wing 7°2 mm. Dull black, the head and thorax with long white hair, faintly creamy dorsally; facial quadrangle broader than Jong; cheeks with very long hair; process of labrum small, obtusely pointed; clypeus with long hair, feebly punctured, minutely transversely striate; facial foveee rather broad, 166 Descriptions and Records of-Bees. warm reddish ; antenne black ; vertex dull, not punctured ; mesothorax dull, without any distinct punctures ; area of metathorax dull, without plice; tegulz piceous. Wings hyaline, the large stigma and nervures dull ferruginous ; second s.m. broad, receiving first r.n, before middle. Legs black, with pale hair, that on inner side of hind basitarsi very pale ochreous. Abdomen broad, dull, with a slight satiny gloss, impunctate; second segment feebly depressed about two-fifths ; white hair at sides of first segment, and segments 2 to 5 with long white hair-bands, very weak in middle of second, apical hair slightly brownish. Indian Creek, Nampa, Idaho, at flowers of willow, April 26, 1916 (Goldie McGlothlen). Easily known from A. nigritarsis, V. & C., and A. brachy- carpe, V. & C., by the dull abdomen, with the surface micro- scopically cancellate. It is nearest to A. nudiscopa, Vier., and A. mustelicolor, Vier., but is smaller, with reddish facial foveee and wings not reddened. ‘These two species have not yet been fully described, but I have specimens determined by Viereck. ‘lhe hind basitarsus of opacissima is slender, only about half as broad as the tibia at end, a character of nudi- scopa (syn. angustitarsata, Vier., fide Viereck in litt.) rather than musielicolor. On the other hand, the dull minutely- roughened clypeus is that of mustelicolor rather than nudi- scopa. The paler, dark margined stigma also distinguishes the new species from my example of nudiscopa. Andrena politissima, sp. n. ? —Length a little over 9 mm. Black, shining, the head and thorax with long pale hair, distinctly ochreous dorsally ; clypeus with very long hair ; facial quadrangle broader than long; process of labrum narrowly truncate; malar space short but distinct ; clypeus shining, with distinct rather dense punctures, no smooth median line ; facial fovee rather broad, very pale ochreous ; antenne black, third joint little (about 4 per cent.) shorter than next two combined; mesothorax and scutellum shining, with strong scattered punctures ; postscutellum prominent in middle; area of metathorax distinctly defined, dull, with a median ridge and rather weak though large oblique lateral plice, giving a fluted effect ; tegulz piceous. Wings dusky, greyish, yellowish basally ; stigma and nervures dusky red- dish; seconds.m. about as broad as high, receiyiug first r. n, about middle. Legs black, with pale hair; middle and hind On the Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 167 basitarsi rather broad, with pale ochreous hair on inner side. Abdomen extremely polished, impunctate, the second and third segments depressed in middle nearly to base, the basal elevated parts weakly punctured; segments 1 to 4 without hair-bands, but 3 and 4 with pale hair at sides; . fifth segment and apex with abundant pale, slightly cream hair. : Nampa, Idaho, at flowers of willow, April 26, 1916 (Goldie McGlothlen). Related to A. cyanophila, Ckll., but easily separated by the very feeble punctures at base of second and third abdominal segments. It seems to be close to A. trachandrenoides, Vier., which has never been fully described; but that has the third antennal joint longer, and on that account is excluded by Viereck from the subgenus Zrachandrena, to which A, poli- tissima certainly belongs. XVIII.—The Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. By G. C. Cuampion, F.Z.S. Dr. GUNTHER ENDERLEIN’S account of the insects of Tierra del Fuego, the Falklands, and South Georgia obtained by the Swedish South Polar Expedition, published in the ‘ Kungl. Svenska Vetenskapsakademiens Handlingar,’ Band xlviil. no. 3, pp. 1-170, with four plates and numerous text- figures, brings our knowledge of the fauna of these regions up to 1912. His paper does not, of course, include some of the Coleoptera captured by Charles Darwin in Tierra del Fuego and the Falklands during the voyage of the ‘ Beagle,’ which have remained for upwards of thine years unidentified and buried, as it were, amongst the “ Accessions” in the British Museum. The Falkland beetles named by the three members of the Waterhouse family (G. R., C. O., and F.), to ’ whom the Museum is indebted for most of them, are enume- rated in Enderlein’s list. The remainder, supplemented by various other collections from the same islands received during recent years, including a few species obtained by Fleet- Surgeon M. Cameron in December, 1914, form the material for the present paper, which adds 11 Coleoptera to the Falkland list. The 34 (not 35, as stated) enumerated by Enderlein include 16 apterous Curculionide, probably all 168 Mr. G. U. Champion on the endemic, 9 Carabide, the winged species of which (Ant- arctia) occur along the sea-shore and are not peculiar, 3 Tenebrionide, all apterous or incapable of flight, and 1 each of Dytiscide, Staphylinidee, Silphidee, Byrrhidee, and Chrysomelide, the last-named requiring confirmation. One species of Carabide, Metius harpaloides, Curtis, type found by Capt. King at Sta. Elena, Patagonian coast, was in- correctly included *, and one Curculionid, Listroderes lemnis- catus, Quoy & Gaimard, type from the Falklands f, omitted by Enderlein, who probably followed Kolbe’s Magellanic list (1907) without verifying his citations. The additions are: two families with one species each (Lathridiide and Pythide), 6 apterous Curculionidae, 2 Staphylinidee, and 1 Byrrhid, bringing the total to 44. Several minute Staphy- linide, at present undetermined, were also taken by Mr. Cameron in the Islands in 1914. Darwin must have met with thé Curculionid-genus Listroderes there, but no repre- sentative of it has been found in the Museum. I hope to deal with various other Magellanic and Chilean Coleoptera captured by him in a separate paper. The following is a revised list of the species known from the Falklands, nearly all of which appear to have been taken on the Kast Island ¢ :— Carabide. 1. Lissopterus guadrinotatus, G. R. Waterh. Hab. FALKLANDS (C. Darwin, C. J. C. Pool), Stanley Harbour and Port Stanley (Hnderlein, WM. Cameron). Type in B.M. Enderlein names two varieties of this insect, binotatus and piceus. His figure represents an imma- ture reddish example. There are also specimens of this species in the Mttseum labelled “Straits of Magellan,” presented by the Lords of the Admiralty in 1869, but the locality requires confirmation. 2. Brachycelus virescens, G. R. Waterh. Hab. FALKLANDS (Lebrun, sec. Rousseau) ; TIERRA DEL Fueao, Navarin Isl. and Hunter’s Peak in Hermite Isl., near * Of. Fairmaire, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1885, p. 36. + Cf. Guérin, Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 304. { The Ichneumonid described and figured by Enderlein in his Falkland paper under_the name Ophion larseni=O. occidentalis, Morley (March, 1912), the latter name having a few months’ priority, Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 169 Wigwam Cove, not far from Cape Horn, and Hardy Peninsula (C. Darwin), Orange Bay, Hoste Isl., and Cape Horn (Hyades & Huhn), Nose Peak (PR. Crawshay); S. CHtLe, Punta Arenas (sec. Fairmatre; R. Crawshay), Port Famine (C. Darwin). Type in B.M. 3. Aligadops falklandicus, G. R. Waterlh. Hab. FALKLANDS (C. Darwin). Type in B.M. 4, Antarctia blanda, Dejean. Antarctia blanda, De}. Spec. Coleopt. iii. p. 529 (1828) !, and v. p. 805 (1831)?; Enderl. Kungl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl, xlviii. no. 3, p. 9 (1912) ’, Antarectia malachitica, Dej. Spec. Coleopt. iii. p. 534+; Guérin, Voyage ‘Coquille,’ ii. 2, p. 59, t. i. fig. 14 (1830) °. Antarctia latigastrica, Curtis, Trans. Linn. Soc. xviii. p. 194 (2) (1839) (nec Dejean) °. 7 Antarctia quadricollis, Solier, in Gay’s Hist. Chile, iv. p. 246 (1849) ”. Hab. FALKLANDS [Iles Malouines!**] (C. Darwin, Col. A. M. Reid, C. J. C. Pool, M. Cameron), Port Stanley $; TIERRA DEL FugEGO (C. Darwin), Useless Bay, Nose Peak, Rio M°Cleiland (2. Crawshay) ; CHILE?", Valle del Lago Blanco (Koslowsky), Port Famine® (C. Darwin, Capt. King). There are upwards of thirty specimens of this species in the Museum—sixteen from the Ialklands and the rest from various places in Tierra del Fuego or Chile. It is separable from the commoner A. nitida, Guér., as here interpreted, by the narrower, subquadrate prothorax, the sides of which are distinctly sinuate before the base and the hind angles sub- rectangular, the less parallel, posteriorly widened elytra, with their apices more produced and more deeply sinuate exter- nally, the paler tibiz and tarsi, &c. The general coloration is much more uniform in the two sexes—green, bluish green, or obscure violaceous, no cupreous or brassy examples occurring in the series before me. ‘The male has joints 1-3 of the anterior tarsi less dilated, and the intermediate tibie less sinuate, than in the same sex of A. nitida. The antenne and legs are similarly coloured, and the prosternal process margined laterally, in the two forms. A. annulicornis, Curtis, type ¢, from Port Famine &c., Straits of Magellan, is a closely allied, more obscurely coloured insect. The Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol. i. 12 170 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Antaretia recorded by Curtis from Port Famine under the name A. latigastrica, Dej., is a 2 of A. blanda. Guérin’s figure of the latter was taken from a specimen from Con- cepcion, Chile. Bates recorded in 1871 the capture of many specimens of A. blanda and A. malachitica by Capt. Macey in the Falklands. A. racovitzai, Rousseau, based on a single specimen (2, to judge from his ficure) from Lapataia, Beagle Canal, must come very near A. blanda. 5. Antaretia nittda, Guérin. Antarctia nitida, Guérin, Voyage ‘Coquille,’ ii. 2, p. 59, t. i. fig. 10 (1830) 1. Var. Antarctia chalybea, Blanch. Voyage Péle Sud, iv. p. 38, Atlas, t. ii. fig. 8 (1853) ?. Antarctia glauca, Blanch. loc. cit. Dp. 39, t, iii, fig. 4. ? Antarctia anodon, Fairm. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1883, p. 485 +, Antarctia blanda, Enderl. Kungl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xlviii. no. 5, p. 9, t. 1. fig. 9 (Pd nec 2) (1912) (part.) (nec Dejean) *. Var. Antarctia rimosa, Enderl. loc. cit.® Hab. FALKLANDS [Iles Malouines!], Lafonia near Port Darwin (‘Challenger’ Exped.: 3), Port Stanley ®* (Col. A.M. Reid, C.J. C. Pool, M. Cameron: & 2); OBSERVA- TION Isu.°; TIERRA DEL FuxGo (C. Darwin: 3), Nose Peak and leelere Bay (R. Crawshay: 3 ¢); PaTaGonia, Port . Desire and Santa Cruz (C. Darwin: ¢) ; S. CHILE, Port Famine 7%, Punta Arenas* [Sandy Bay] (J. J. Walker, Mus. Brit.: & 3), Possession Bay (Mus. Brit.: g), Valle del Lago Blanco (Koslowsky: 2). Guérin’s ‘description of A. nitida must have been taken from the common Falkland Antarctia figured by Enderlein under the name A. blanda, a very different insect, though they are treated as forms of one by the last-named author. The rough figure given by Guérin, however, does not show the strongly rounded sides of the prothorax, characteristic of the present species, while that of Blanchard (of A. glauca) agrees well in this respect. The series of about 100 examples before me, including many from Tierra del Fuego, Chile, and Patagonia, and a still larger number from the Falklands, shows great variation in colour (much as in a series of the variable Harpalus eneus, F., of the Palearctic region)— zneous, cupreo-eeneous (especially in @ ), green, bluish-green, rarely, blue or violaceous. A. chalybea, Blanch., from Port Famine, A. anodon, Fairm., from Punta Arenas, and A. rimosa, Enderl., from Port Stanley, are almost certainly synonymous with it. A. vimosa is based upon a-single Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 171 example (sex not stated) with the elytral interstices somewhat convex, a form also to be found now and then amongst the specimens occurring on the mainland. ‘The male has joints 1-3 of the anterior tarsi considerably widened, and the intermediate tibize curved, as well as strongly sinuate within. The basal joints of the antenne and the tibia and tarsi are more or less testaceous. The third elytral interstice usually has two or three small pores along the apical half, sometimes indistinct or wanting. This insect, according to Mr. Cameron, is common on the sea-shore at Port Stanley. 6. Dormeyeria audouin’, Guérin. Hab. FALKLANDS [Iles Malouines], Soledad Bay, Port Stanley, and Hooker’s Point ; Srrarrs OF MAGELLAN. This Trechid and the following species, placed by Hnder- lein under his new genus Dormeyeria, are apparently not represented in the Museum. 7. Dormeyeria soledadina, Guérin. Hab. FALKLANDS [Iles Malouines], Soledad Bay, Port Stanley, and Seal Cove. 8. Trechus antarcticus, Guérin. Hab. FALKLANDS [Iles Malouines] (C. Darwin, R. Val- lentin, C. J. C. Pool), Port Stanley (M/. Cameron) ; 'T1eRRA DEL Furao, Navarin Isl. (C. Darwin) ; PATAGONIA. A long series seen, including one specimen from Navarin Island. 9. Merizodus macey?, Bates. Fab. FaLKLANDS (C. Darwin, Capt. Macey, J. Mac- gillivray, R. Vallentin, C.J. C. Pool), Port Stanley (Col. A. M. Reid, M. Cameron) ; ‘TIERRA DEL FuEGO, Picton Isl., Beagle Channel (sec. Fairmaire), &e. More abundant in the Falklands than 7. antarcticus, and apparently occurring in company .with it. The Museum received a long series of it in 1851 from J. Macgillivray. Dytiscide. 10. Lancetes flavoscutatus, Enderlein. Hab. FALKuLanps (R. Vallentin, M. Cameron), Speedwell Isl., Halfway Cove (type, 2). : 12* 172 Mr. G. C. Champion on the I have seen three males and three females of this species. It is probably a form of the variable 1.( Dytiseus) varius, F., the fragmentary Patagonian type (¢) of which is still pre- served in the Banksian Collection at the British Museum. Darwin captured a pur of the latter at Santa Cruz, Pata- gonla. Staphylinida. 11. Arpediomimus falklandicus, Cameron. Arpediopsis falklandica, Cameron, Ent. Monthly Mag. lui. p, 124 (June 1917). Arpediomimus falklandicus, Cameron, loc. cit. p. 277 (Dec. 1917). Hah, FALKLANDS, Port Stanley (WZ. Cameron), Found in decaying kelp (Macrocystis pyrifera) in Dee. 1914. This genus is placed by its describer in a new group, ‘““ Arpediomimi.” The generic name first used was found to be preoccupied in Staphylinide. 12. Quedius mesomelinus, Marsham. Hab. FALKLANDS (R. Vallentin). A cosmopolitan insect. One specimen only taken. It has been recorded from Australia, New Zealand, Peru, &e. 13. Antarctophytosus darwini, F. Wateth. Phytosus darwini, F. Waterh. Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool. xiv. p. 531 (1878). Paraphytosus atriceps, Cameron, Ent. Monthly Mag. li. p. 125 (June 1917) (nec Waterh.). Antarctophytosus darwint, Cameron, loc. cit. p. 233 (Oct. 1917). Hab, FALKLANDS (C, Darwin) ; Crozet Is. Found by Mr. Cameron on sandy beaches in the Falklands in dry root-masses of “kelp”? in Dee. 1914. Included in Enderlein’s list under the name Phytosus darwint. Type in B.M. Silphide. 14. Catops falklandicus, F. Waterh. Hab. FALKLANDS(C. Darwin), Port Stanley (JZ. Cameron) ; TIERRA DEL FurGo, Rio M°Clelland, San Sebastian (2. Crawshay), Gable Isl. es Oe Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 173 Three specimens (g ¢ ?) of this species were captured by Mr. Cameron at Port Stanley. Type in B.M. Byrrhidz. 15. Chalciospherium solox, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS, Port Louis. Type captured on July 25th, 1902. Not represented in B.M. 16. Chaleiospherium enderlein’, sp. n. Oval, very convex, shining, eneous or greenish-seneous above, neo-piceous beneath, the antenna and legs in great part piceous; somewhat thickly clothed with long, erect, bristly, brownish hairs (all easily abraded), the under surface and legs also pubescent; the head and prothorax rather closely and conspicuously, the elytra more sparsely and irregu- larly, punct»te; beneath very closely, the metasternum more sparsely, punctured, the concave pro- and epipleura much smoother. Head large, broad ; antenne rapidly widening outwards, joints 6-10 strongly transverse, 11 ovate, about as long as 9 and 10 united, 7-11 forming an elongate, lax club. Prothorax rapidly narrowing from the base forward, the sides (viewed laterally) almost straight, the hind angles sharp. Scutellum wanting, Elytra mcderately long, rapidly, arcu- ately narrowing from the base, somewhat acuminate at the tip. Prosternal process bioad, rounded at the apex, which is received in a smooth deep cavity in the n esosternum. 'Tarsi with a narrow pencil of hairs at the apex of the third joint beneath, the fourth joint very small. Atdeagus: lateral lobes very long and acuminate, the long penis-sheath also acuminate and curved downward at the tip. Length 23-3, breadth 13-12 mm. Hab. Fatxuanp Is. (7h. Havers), Port Stanley [type, ¢ ] (M. Cameron). Described from a perfect male captured by Mr. Cameron in Dec. 1914. Two others, imperfect and abraded (2 ¢?), found in the Falklands in 1860, and presented by Mr. Havers to the British Museum in 1573, seem to belong to the same species. The unique type of the genus, C. so/ow, is a larger and broader insect (length 32, breadth 24 nim.), and much more rounded at the sides (to judge from Enderlein’s figure), and it has a long lobe or spiniform process at the apex of the 174 Mr. G. ©. Champion on the third tarsal joint beneath. C. enderleini agrees with C. solowx in having no visible scutellum, both doubtless being apterous. The present insect has the general facies of a Simplocaria, except that the elytra are without trace of strize. Lathridiide. 17. Lathridius malouinensis, sp. n. Elongate, somewhat depressed, moderately shining, the head and prothorax ferruginous, the elytra testaceous, obliquely nigro-bifasciate (the fascia varying in development, some- times more or less coalescent and leaving only the apex and a humeral patch testaceous), the antennee (the club excepted) and legs testaceous, the terminal joint of the tarsi more or Jess infuscate, the under surface in great part piceous. Head densely, rather coarsely punctate, grooved down the middle and also towards the sides, the eyes sinall, rounded, the temples about equalling them in length ; antennal club 3-jointed, the terminal joint obliquely truncate at the tip. Prothorax much longer than broad, strongly explanate at the sides anteilorly, deeply constricted and transversely grooved before the base, the caducous membranous margin broad; the surface roughly punctate, bicostate on the “disc (appearing deeply sulcate down the middle). Elytra long, oval, some- what acuminate at the tip, extending well beyond the abdo- men, the humeri not prominent ; with rows of closely placed coarse punctures, the interstices narrow, 3 and 5, and also 7 at the base, costate. Length 13-2 mm. Hab, FALKLAND Is., Port Stanley (JZ, Cameron). Numerous examples, found on the flowers of an introduced Ulex, on Dec. 9th, 1914. This species belongs to the section Coninomus, Thoms. It is much more depressed than the somewhat similarly coloured L. bifasciatus, Reitt. (=nigro- maculatus, Blackb.), from Australia, and has more even, relatively longer, oval elytra, Reitter and Belon have described various allied forms from Chile, but the Falkland insect does not accord with any of them. This Lathridius may have been introduced into the islands with the plant upon which it was found. Some of them, like LZ. nodzjer, Westw. (=antipodum, White), are cosmopolitan. The genus is not included in Enderlein’s list, 1912 Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 175 Tenebrionide. . 18. Darwinella amarotdes, Enderlein. Hab. FAaukuanps (R. Vallentin), Fox Bay. Enderlein records the capture of seven specimens at Fox Bay in March 1902. There isan example of it in the Museum. A monotypic genus. 19. Parahelops quadricollis, C. O. Waterh. Hab. FaLkuanns (C. Darwin, Col. A. M. Reid, C.J. C. Pool), Port Stanley (Md. Cameron), Cannila Creek, Port Darwin, Goose Green, Seal Cove, Port Louis; TizRRA DEL Furco, Hardy Peninsula (C. Darwin). There is a long series of this species from the Falklands in the Museum, and two specimens from the Hardy Peninsula. Type in B.M. An addition to Enderlein’s Fuegian list. 20. Parahelops haversi, C. O. Waterh. Hab. FAuKuLanps (Th. Havers), Fox Bay. Apparently a much rarer insect than P. quadricollis, repre- sented in the Museum by two specimens only, including the type. Pythide. 21. Poophylax falklandica, Champ. Poophylax falklandica, Champ. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xvii. pp- 311, 812 (April 1916). Hab. Fauxuanps (H. NV. Sulivan). Found in numbers (dead), in 1915, in seeds of tussac-grass, Poa flabellata, sent from the Islands for the purpose of attempting to introduce the plant into Scotland. Type in B.M. Chrysomelide. 22. Luperus marginalis, Allard. Hab. FALKLANDS. The type of this Galerucid was received from M. Pipitz of Graz. The locality seems to require confirmation. 176 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Curculionide. 23. [Hypera bidentata, sp. n. Oval, convex, fusco-testaceous ; the prothorax and elytra variegated with a dense clothing of rounded, whitish, ochra- ceous, and dark brown adpressed scales—the darker scales on the elytr: a condensed into an oblique mark on the dise of each before the middle, the ochraceous scales on the prothorax (oval on the disc) forming a large dorsal patch, interrupted by a faint whitis sh median line, and those on the elytra mainly placed on the dorsum and suture, and almost enclosing a rather large oblique postmedian whitish patch—intermixed with erect pallid scattered sete, which are uniseriately arranged down each of the elytral interstices; the head, flanks of elytra, and under surface with hair-like pallid scales, the antennee and legs with bristly hairs; the entire surface densely, finely punctate. Head flattened between the eyes 5 rostrum very stout, short, straight, not carinate ; antenns rather short, joints 5-7 of funiculus transverse, ‘the scape reaching to the posterior margin of the eyes. Prothorax broader than long, rounded at the sides, a little wider at base than at apex. Elytra oval, acuminate at tip, flattened on tlie dise anteriorly, finely punctato-striate, the fifth interstice with a large conical tubercle at its point of termination. Metathoracic episterna narrow. Legs long, comparatively slender. Length (excl. head) 54, breadth 24 mm. flab. FALKLANDS, Hast Island (Col. A. M. Reid, Nov. 1908—Feb. 1909). One specimen, slightly immature, with the vestiture in perfect condition, ‘This insect is provisionally referred to Hypera, and may have to be removed frem it when more Lie is available for examination. ‘The genus Hypera (Piytonomus) is not included in Kolbe’s Magellanic list, but one or two forms have been recorded from Argentina and Chile. The presence of conical tubercles on the elytra and the rather large scales on the upper surface (which com- pletely hide the sculpture) are characters foreign to the genus Hayera. The prothorex is without ocular "lobes, and the s} ceics cennot therfore be placed under Listrcderes. Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 177 24. Listroderes lemniscatus, Quoy et Gaimard., Curculio lemniscatus, Quoy et Gaim. Voyage ‘ Uranie,’ Zool. p. 549, t. Ixxxii. fig. 4 (1824) 1. Cylydrorhinus lemniscatus, Guérin, Voyage ‘ Coquille,’ ii. 2, p. 119 (1830) 7; Rev. Zool. 1839, p. 304 °. e Cylidrorhynus | lemniscatus}, Guérin, Rey. Zool. 1839, p. 374 4. Hab. FALKLANDS [ Malouines?], Baie de Chiens Marins? [Sea Dog’s Bay | (Quoy et Gaimard). This insect, the type of Cylydrorhinus, Guér., must be very like the one from Port Famine figured by Blanchard in 1853 under the name C. dineatus, differing from it in the more rounded sides of the prothorax and the narrowly albo- lineate elytra. Guérin? gave the correct locality for it in 1839, a fact overlooked by subsequent writers. In the enlarged Falkland map of the “ Voyage of the ‘ Beagle’” there is shown a “Sea Dog Island” in W. Falkland, and the Bay of that name is doubtless not far distant. 25. Listrederes biangulatus, sp. n. Elongate, broad, robust, shining; nigro-piceous, the tarsi, tibiee, and antenne sometimes reddish ; above densely clothed with narrow, sericeous, adpressed, hair-like scales, which are bronze-brown on the greater part of the surface, the head and prothorax along the sides, the scutellum, and the suture, a submarginal stripe, and the inferior margin of the elytra, and sometimes several scattered spots on the disc of the latter, with similar whitish or brownish-white seales, the vestiture of the under surface sparser and paler, the ventral segments 1-4 with a transverse pallid patch on each side; the upper surface densely, finely, rugulosely, the under surface a little more sparsely, punctate. Rostrum very stout, short, widened outwards, sharply carinate down the middle, and obliquely sulcate on each side of this in front of the feeble basal constriction, the scrobes limited above by a prominent ridge. Antenne with joints 2-7 of the funiculus rapidly diminishing in length, 5-7 strongly transverse. Prothorax broad, short, uneven, biangularly explanate at the sides, constricted at the base. Klytra long, regularly convex, oval, deeply punctato-striate, the interstices equal in width, more or less arched, the apices sometimes obsoletely mucro- nate. Ventral segment 1 excavate in the middle in @. Length 13-14 (excl. head), breadth 64-7 mm. (2 2.) 178 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Hab. FALKLANDS (Th. Havers, Col. A. M. Reid, C. J. C. Pool), Port Stanley (&. Vallentin). Seven specimens. This is another species resembling the insect from Port Famine figured by Blanchard under the name Cylydrorhinus lineatus*, differing from it in the finely punctate prothorax, with the sides more strongly explanate and biangulate, the much finer seriate punctures on the elytra, and the sides, inferior margin, and suture only of the latter (instead of the alternate interstices) albo-lineate. C. tessellatus, Guér., from Port Famine and Punta Arenas, is another allied form, with the margins of the prothorax less angulate, and the seriate punctures on the elytra coarser and Jess approximate, than in the present species. ‘The type of the genus Cylydrorhinus, C. lemniscatus, has the sides of the prothorax rounded, and the lateral expansion cannot therefore be used as a character by which to separate it from Listro- derés, as has been done by Lacordaire. According to a label attached to the specimen of L. biangulatus received from Mr. Rupert Vallentin in 1899, this insect is known in the Falklands as the “ Peat-beetle of the Malvinas.” 26. Listroderes bicaudatus, Enderlein. Hab. Fauxianps (W. #. Wright, Th. Havers, Rh. Val- lentin, C. J. C. Pool), Port Stanley (Col. A. M. Red), Port Darwin, Goose Green (Enderlein). The fourteen examples of this species before me, including one received by the Museum in 1842, show considerable variation in the elytral markings, some of them having a distinct sutural stripe, and a narrower line down the third and fifth interstices, in addition to various scattered spots, of greyish hair-like scales, such specimens nearly agreeing with the figure of L. (C.) lemniscatus, one only being spotted and non-lineate as shown in Enderlein’s plate. The prothorax is almost rounded at the sides in one example, subangulate in others. he elytra are long, convex, oval, rather coarsely, conspicuously, punctato-striate, with the interstices 3 and 5 more or less raised and a little narrower than the others ; the apices are produced into a stouter and blunter tooth in the ¢ than in the @, as is often the case in this genus. The first ventral segment is excavate down the middle in ¢. * Renamed C. confuseanus by Berg in 1899. Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 179 27. Listroderes compressiventris, Enderlein. Hab. Fauxianns (Th. Havers, R. Vallentin), Seal Cove and Port Louis (Hnderlein), Port Stanley (Col. A. M. Reid, M. Cameron). Described from three examples. The thirteen others in the British Museum are mostly in poor condition, few of them showing the pallid oblique streak on the sides of the elytra towards the apex which is indicated in Hnderlein’s figure. Recognizable amongst its allies by the apically compressed, subacuminate, convex, elongate elytra, which, viewed in profile, appear abruptly declivous at the apex, this being due to the thickening of the suture before the tip. The male has the first ventral segment deeply excavate down the middle. There is an indication of a smooth median line on the prothorax in all the specimens before me, including three males. 28. Listroderes nordenskiéldt, Enderlein. Hab. FaLKuANpbs, Port Darwin, Seal Cove, and Port Stanley (Enderlein), W. Falkland (2. Vallentin). Described from nine examples, presumably all males.. Two females before me seem to belong to this species, these having the prothorax and under surface densely, tinely punc- tate, almost granulate, and the squamosity of the elytra variegated with irregular rows of whitish spots, the cinereous hairs on the under surface long and adpressed. ‘The apices of the elytra are not produced. 29. Listroderes griseonotatus, sp. n. 3. Elongate, moderately convex, dull above, shining beneath, nigro-piceous, the antenne, tarsi, and tips of the femora ferruginous; sparsely, finely griseo-pubescent, the pubescence becoming closer at the sides of the elytra and clustered into oblong spots on their dise, and also condensed into a faint sinuous submarginal line on the prothorax ; above densely, finely, shallowly, beneath very sparsely, punetate. Rostrum short, stout, a little widened outwards, rugosely, confluently punctate, with a sharp median carina and an indica- tion of another one on each side exterior to this. Head foveate and somewhat depressed between the eyes, the antennal scape reaching to a little beyond them, the vertex simply punctate. Prothorax transverse, rounded at the sides, widest before the 180 Mr. G. C. Champion on the middle, narrowed behind. Elytra long, oval, broadly pro- duced at the tip, the apices each with a small dentiform projection above the obtuse apical angle; somewhat flattened on the disc, and uneven towards the sides and tip, with rows of rather large shallow punctures, the interstices 3 and 5 towards the apex, and 7 for the greater part of its length, convex or subcostate. Ventral segments 1 and 2 deeply excavate in the middle. Length (excl. head) 9, breadth 4 mm. Hab. FaLtKuanps (W. E. Wright). ~ One specimen, received by the Museum in 1842. Very like ZL. nordenskidldi, Enderl., and with similarly griseo- maculate elytra (except that the small spots on the dise are less numerous and more elongate), differing from that insect in its more depressed form, the very sparsely punctate shining under surface, the less densely punctate, smoother prothorax, and the wholly ferruginous antenne and tarsi. The rudi. mentary wings are barely 2 mm. in length. 30. Listroderes bracteatus, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS (Th. Havers & R. Vallentin, in Mus. Brit.; Mus. Owon.), Port Stanley (Hnderlein, Col. A. M. fteid, M. Cameron). Described from two examples captured on Feb. 22nd, 1902. There are a dozen specimens of it in the British Museum and two abraded individuals in the Oxford Museum. L. bracteatus has the general facies of a large elongate Flypera. It is thickly clothed above with small yellowish- brown scales, with scattered, short, bristly hairs intermixed, these latter being decumbent on the prothorax, and semi-erect and seriately arranged on the elytra. The prothorax has a conspicuous line of opalescent or metallic scales down the centre and an angulate pallid line towards the outer margin. In two of the specimens before me the small pallid oblique streak on the third elytral interstice beyond the middle is extended outwards, forming with the one on the opposite wing-case a common V-shaped mark, much as in L. falk- landicus, Ender|., to judge by the figure given by the author. ‘The male has the first ventral segment moderately excavate in the middle. 31. Listroderes gibber, Eadvriein. Hab. FALKLANDS (Mus. Lrit.), Port William, Sperrow Cove (Enderlein). Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 181 Described from a single example (?2) captured on March 2nd, 1902. A 2, ex coll. Pascoe, with a conspicuous, dentiform projection at the apex of each elytron, and the alternate interstices raised, a sharply 5-carinate rostrum, and the body finely pubescent, dull above and very shining beneath, seems to be referable to ZL. gibber. Two males in the Museum, smaller, narrower, and with the apices of the elytra unarmed, will probably prove to belong to the same species. 32. Listroderes divaricatus, Enderlein. Hah. FALKLANDS, Seal Cove. Described from a single example, taken on March 13th, 1902. Not represented in B.M. 33. Listroderes vulsus, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS, Port Darwin, Goose Green. Described from three examples, taken on March 6th, 1902. Not represented in B.M. 34. Listroderes falklandicus, Hnderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS, Hooker’s Point, Port William, Seal Cove, Port Stanley. Not recognized amongst the material before me. Appa- rently very like Z. bracteatus, but with hair-like vestiture instead of rounded scales. 35. Listroderes abditus, Enderlein. Hab, FALKLANDS, Fox Bay. Described from four examples, found in March 1902. A smaller form than any of its allies in the same islands. Not represented in B.M. 36. Listroderes salebrosus, Enderlein. ? Lastroderes salebrosus, Enderl. Kungl. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. xlviii. no. 3, p. 20, t. ii. fig. 18%. g . Elongate, rather narrow, opaque above, shining beneath, varying in colour (according to maturity) from nigro-piceous to reddish-brown, tlhe elytra sometimes obscurely rufescent with blackish markings, finely pubescent ; above densely, finely, rugulosely, the elytra very shallowly, punctate; beneath 182 Mr. G. C. Champion on the sparsely, finely, the flanks of the prothorax coarsely, punc- tate. Rostrum short, stout, widened outwards, feebly or obsoletely 5-carinate. Head foveate in the middle between the eyes. Antenne with joints 3-7 of the funiculus short, 1 and 2 elongate. Prothorax transverse, rounded or feebly sinuate or subangulate at the sides, narrowed behind, uneven, the two depressions on the anterior portion of the dise separated by araised median line. Elytra elongate, gradually narrowing from about the middle, and broadly produced at the apex, the apices conjointly rounded; with series of coarse shallow punctures placed in shallow strige, the interstices somewhat convex; each elytron with two oblique ridges on the disc beyond the middle (extending from the fifth interstice to near the suture, the anterior one inconspicuous or evanescent, the subapical one sharply raised and ternmiinating in a prominent tubercle on the interstices 2 and 5), and a large subtriangular tubercle before the tip. Ventral segment 1 with a broad, deep, transversely rugose excavation in the middle. Tibize strongly sinuate within. ?. Broader ; the elytra more rounded at the sides, with the subapical tubercles larger and longer, the inner one on the second oblique ridge produced into a long spiniform process on each side of the suture, the apices distinctly caudate. Tibize less sinuate within. Length (excl. head) 7-10, breadth 3-44, mm. (¢ 2.) flab. FALKLANDS (Th. Havers, Kh. Vallentin, C. J. C. Pool), Port Stanley? (Col. A. M. Reid), Hooker’s Point?, Port Darwin!, Seal Cove}. Knderlein apparently did not know the ? of this species, if it has been correctly identified by me. His figure (¢) is apparently inaccurate, and the insect is here redescribed from a series of twenty examples—eleven males and nine females. ‘he sexual difference in the development of the elytral tubercles is remarkable, these being longer and larger in ? than in @: a somewhat similar peculiarity has been observed in the Patagonian genus Sysctophthalmus, Heller (1906). L. (Elytrogonus) varicosus, Blauch., from Port Famine, to judge from the figure, may be an allied form *, 37. Leitchertia exseulpticollis, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS (Th. Havers, R. Vallentin), Port Dar- win (Jinderlein), Port Stanley (Hnderlein, Col. A. M. Reid). * The type of EZ. varicosus is stated to have been accidentally destroyed by the artist employed by Blanchard. Culeoptera of the Falkland Islands. 183 The seventeen specimens of this insect before me, including several males, exhibit considerable variation in the elytral markings: three only (¢¢) have an interrupted sub- marginal stripe of pallid scales (a character used by Enderlein in his table of the species) ; others have small scattered patches of pallid scales along the rows of punctures ; others, dirtier, have the vestiture uniformly dark brown. The oblique dilatation of the’ elytral humeri is more pro- nounced in the ¢ than in the 9. The penis-sheath is broad and acuminate, and the first ventral segment transversely hollowed anteriorly, in g. The eight examples received by the Museum from Mr. Havers in 1873 were captured in 1860. A specimen (2) in the same collection, from that of Bowring, is labelled ‘‘ Am. bor. Dupont,” obviously in error, as the insect is precisely like those from the Falklands. 38. Reichertia tnsquamea, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS, Fox Bay. Described from two specimens found in March 1902. These seem to be partially abraded females of R. exsculpti- collis, the sexes of which were not identified by Enderlein. 39. Reichertia scabra, Enderlein. ° Hab. FaLkuanps (Th. Havers, Col. A. M. Reid, C. J. C. Pool), Port Stanley (Enderlein, M. Cameron), Port Darwin, Seal Cove (Enderlein). About a dozen examples before me seem to belong to this species. They are considerably smaller than R. easculpti- collis (length 44-64 mm., exclusive of head), and have the anterior margin of the prothorax a little straighter, and the oblique humeral dilatation of the elytra less prominent, at least in @. Clean specimens show numerous small sub- quadrate patches of pallid scales on the elytra, giving a mottled appearance to their surface. The tuberculiform elevations towards the apex tend to become longidudinally confluent in most of them. Enderlein’s figure is unsatis- factory, if the insect has been correctly identified by me. 40. Falklandius brachyomma, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS, Port Stanley (Hnderlein, A. Cameron). Described from two examples captured in 1902. Seven males and two females were taken by Mr. Cameron at the | 84 Mr. G. C. Champion on the. same locality in 1914. The’ male has the first ventral seament very broadly and deeply excavate down the middle. Two of the spectes of this genus have the general facies of Exomias. Al. Falklandius turbificatus, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS (C. Darwin, Th. Havers). Port William, Sparrow Cove (Enderlein). There are five specimens of this species in the Museum, including four captured by Darwin. ; 42. Falklandius suffodens, Enderlein. Hab. FALKLANDS, near Hooker’s' Point. Not represented in the collections before me. 43. Falklandius inequalis, sp. n. Oblong-obovate, piceous or reddish brown, the antenne and legs paler; variegated above with a dense clothing of small brownish and white, imbricate scales—the white scales condensed in one specimen into a faint submarginal line on th prothorax and various small patches on the elytra— int.:mixed with numerous short semierect setee, the under surface finely pubescent; the entire surface densely, very finely punctate, the prothorax with rather coarse punctures intermixed, the seriate punctures on the elytra also coarse. Rostrum very stout, short, widened outwards, without groove or carina above. Hyes rather large, transverse, depressed. Antenneg with joint 1 of funiculus about as long as 2-4 united, 4-7 transverse, the scape reaching the posterior margin of the eyes. Prothorax about as long as broad, somewhat produced in the middle anteriorly, feebly rounded at the sides, distinctly compressed towards the apex, uneven on the disc, and obsoletely, interruptedly carinate down the middle. Elytra oblong-oval, much wider than the pro- thorax, the striz slightly sinuate, the alternate interstices interruptedly costate, the others somewhat convex. Legs stout, the tibiee strongly sinuate within, Prosternum broadly arcuato-emarginate in front. Length (excl. head) 3, breadth 12-13 mm. (¢ 2.) Hab. FALKLANDS, Port Stanley (Col. A. M. Red, M. Cameron). Three examples, the one found by Mr. Cameron slightly Coleoptera of the Falkland Islands. 185 immature and showing the sculpture and variegated vestiture much better than the two others captured some years pre- viously by Colonel Reid. This insect has the structural characters of F’. brachyomma and turbificatus, Enderl., but it is very different from them in general appearance, resembling a Cenopsis or Trachyphleus. It is Just possible that the three specimens before me are referable to F, suffodens, Kinderl., the type of which was from Hooker’s Point ; but as the author says nothing about the uneven subcarinate prothorax, &e., and the Port Stanley insect is very different from his figure, it must be treated as distinct. HAYVERSIA, gen. nov. Rostrum strongly curved, stout, thickened at the base, about reaching the posterior margin of the anterior coxee, the scrobes lateral, deep, extending from the middle to the eyes ; antenne with a 7-jointed funiculus, 2-7 short, the club acuminate-ovate, with distinct sutures, the scape reaching the eyes; head rather small, convex ; eyes transverse; prothorax without ocular lobes, truncate at base; scutellung triangular, covered by the elytra; elytra elongate, acuminate at tip, obliquely cut off at base, the humeri obtuse; anterior and intermediate coxze contiguous; posterior coxe separated by the long abdominal process ; metasternum short, not so long as the lateral portions of ventral segment 1, the episterna narrow ; mesothoracic epimera small, narrow, not ascending ; ventral segments 1 and 2 equal in length laterally, connate at middle, 3 and 4 short, together barely as long as 2, the first suture sinuous, the others straight ; legs short, stout, the femora much thickened, the tibia subangulate at apex externally ; tarsi broad, joints 1-3 spongy-pubescent beneath, 1 and 2 transverse, 3 strongly bilobed, the claws small, stout, free; body elongate, densely clothed with shining scales, apterous. Type, H. albolimbata. The insect taken as the type of this genus has the general facies of a small Livus. It is probably best placed near the subaquatic American genus Endalus, Lec., and it may have similar habits. The elytra are more acuminate and the tarsi broader than in the Palearctic genus Mecinus. For the present Haversia must be referred to the “ Krirrhinides.”’ The species may have been introduced in some way into the Falklands, but this is hardly likely to be the case. Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. Ser. 9. Vol, i. Is 186 Mr. O. Thomas on 44, Haversia albolimbata, sp. n. Kiongate, convex, narrow, acuminate posteriorly, shining, black, the antenne and tarsi rufescent ; above densely clothed with shining, adpressed scales, which are coppery-brown in colour, except along the sides of the prothorax and elytra, around the eyes, on a median line on the prothorax, and on the hidden. scutellu: m, where they are wholly whitish, the scales on the under euitees smaller, whitish, those on the upper surface of the femora cupreous ; densely, finely punctate, above and beneath. Rostrum densely punctate, substriate, and squamose at the base, bare and almost smooth thence to the tip. Prothorax a little broader than long, rounded at the sides, narrowed in front and behind, margined at the base, Elytra a little wider than the prothorax, parallel to near the middle, and rapidly narrowed thence to the apex, margined at the base, feebly punctato-striate, the interstices flat. Ventral segments 1 and 2 sulcate down the middle. Length (excl. ‘head) 32, breadth 14 mm. (¢.) Hab, FALKLANDS (Th. Havers). ‘wo specgnens received by the Museum in 1873, both injured by pinning, one with the vestiture intact. The scales on the upper surface are so closely placed as to com- pletely hide the sculpture, as in various species of somewhat similarly coloured Tyehius and Sibinia. Horsell, Dec. 1917. XITX.—On small Mammals from Salta and Jujuy collected by Mr. 1). Budin. By Ovpriety THomas. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) Tue British Museum has recently received a collection of Mammals made in Saltaand Jujuy by Mr. E. Budin, to whom we were indebted for those from Jujuy described in 1913 *. This further collection contains so many species of interest that a list of it seems worthy of publication. ‘The specimens come from two. distinct localities—one, Manuel Elordi, comparatively lowland (500 m.), on the western Chaco country of the Upper Vermejo, and the other, Leon, on the hill- country to the north-west of Jujuy town, at an ‘altitude of 1500 metres. The animals obtained Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) xi. p. 136 (1918). small Mammals from Salta and Jujuy. 187 at this latter place, like the previous Jujuy collection, all show a strong relationship to the species of the middle highlands of Bolivia, 500 miles further northwards, first made known through the efforts of Mr. Perry O. Simons. The most interesting forms in the collection are the little hare of the Vermejo, Sylvilagus b. gibsoni, the first occurrence of the Leporide in Argentina, and the new genus Hypsimys, Akodon-like in general appearance but differing from all members of the Akodon group by its extreme hypsodontism. 1. Molossus rufus, Geoff. 2. 8. Manuel Elordi, Vermejo, 500 m. Quite like Paraguayan specimens representing M. cas- taneus, but whether that is quite the same as the Cayenne M. rufus I am somewhat doubtful. Several specimens of the latter obtained by Mr. Cherrie are among the blackest of the group. 2. Oryzomys sp. 6.4; 2. 2,3,6. Manuel Elordi, Upper Vermejo. 3. Oryzomys sp. 6. 138, 14, 32, 34,45; 2. 9, 10, 27, 28, 41,44. Leon, Jujuy, 1500 m. These two species of Oryzomys are both of the difficult flavescens group ; the Jujuy one is the larger of the two. 4. Phyllotis darwini tucumanus, Thos. 6. 12, 16,238,356; %. 15,17, 18; 195 20, 24, 29; 30,35. Leon, Jujuy. 5. Graomys lockwoodi, sp. n. 6. 5. Manuel Elordi, Vermejo, Salta, alt. 500° m. 7th August, 1917. B.M. no. 18.1.1.6. Type. Most nearly resembling the Bolivian G. domorum, with which it agrees im size (though its feet are longer), general colour, and the slaty bases to the hairs on the chest and belly; those of the chin and throat only being white to their bases. ‘ail sharply bicolor, blackish above, white below, not so heavily haired as in the type of G. cachinus. Skull of about the same size as in G. domorum and cachinus, but its bulle larger than in the former, smaller than in the latter, -Incisors turned backwards towards the throat more than 188 Mr. O. Thomas on usual, the index being only 56°. Graomys is always opisthodont, but usually has the index about 60°-65°, so that this species, if the character proves: to be constant, is the most marked of all in this respect. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 131 mm.; tail 158; hind foot 32 ; ear 25. Skull: greatest length 35 ; condylo-incisive length 31°7 ; zygomatic breadth 18; nasals 14-7; breadth of brain-case 15; palatilar length 1:57; palatal foramina 7:3; bulle 6:7 x5°5 ; upper molar series 5°4. Hab. and Type as above. In its lonver foot and larger bulle, as compared with G. domorum, this western Chaco species shows two of the usual modifications induced by desertconditions. G. cachinus and chacoensis have still larger bulle, and the latter has a pure white under surface. Named in honour of Mr. Charles Lockwood, of Buenos Ayres, by whose kindness as intermediary all the busimess arrangements with Messrs. Kemp and Budin have been so greatly facilitated. I notice that Mr. Osgood would amalgamate Graomys with Phyllotis, or at least consider it only as a subgenus. But the convenience of having a special generic name for so definite a group appears to me to make its retention advisable. The characteristic supraorbital ridges, which are never found in Phyllotis, are clearly marked even in half-grown specimens of Graomys. 6. Oxymycterus paramensis, Thos.* od. 31, 42, 46,52. Leon, Jujuy, 1500 m. These Hocicudos appear to agree with the typical series of O. paramensis, from the highlands near Cochabamba, in every detail, and thus afford a striking imstance of the community of the faunas of the two regions concerned. 7. Akodon lactens, sp. n. 9. 87. Leon, Jujuy, 1500 m. 28rd August, 1917. BoM. no: 18211537. Pune: Externally approaching A. varius and simulator, but skull more as in A, obscurus. * A misprint in the original description (Ann, & Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) ix. p. 139, 1902) may be here corrected :— In line 8 of description, for “ black, lined” xead “ black-lined.” ‘ small Mammals from Salta and Jujuy. 189 Size about as in varius. General colour above mixed blackish and buffy, the resulting combination near “ buffy brown,” the lining rather well marked, the head greyer, the rump more buffy. Sides and belly distinctly more buffy, the ends of the hairs on lower sides and below strong cinnamon-buff ; the chin and interramia prominently contrasted white. Ears about the colour of the head. Claws rather long, especially anteriorly, as usual in the obscurus group, the front claw both in front and behind 4mm. in length, the posterior therefore not exceeding the anterior. Skull on the whole very like that of A. obscurus, of the same stout heavy build, with squared but not ridged inter- orbital region, and minute interparietal. Palatal foramina long, reaching to the level of the second lamina of m'. Incisors even more proodont * than in A. obscurus, their angle with the tooth-row 95° in the type, specimens of obscurus ranging from 85° to 92°. Their front surface im the type unusually light coloured, pale yellow, lightening to white at the tips. Molars as in A. odscurus. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 10] mm. ; tail 67; hind foot 22; ear 16. Skull: greatest length 27-2; condylo-incisive length 27 ; greatest breadth 15°5; nasals 9; interorbital breadth 5; breadth of brain-case 12°3; palatilar length 13; palatal foramina 6°6 ; upper molar series 5. Hab. and Type as above. This is a very well marked species, differing widely in colour from the other members of the A. obscurus group, to which the characters of its skull seem to ally it. In external appearance it is not unlike d. varius and simulator, apart from the prominent buffy colour of its lower surface. Its contrasted white chin is just as in stmudator. 8. Akodon puer cenosus, subsp. nu. G22; 2: 21,33. . Leon, Jujuy, 1500 m: Agreeing with true 4. pwer in general characters and in the remarkably small size of the teeth, but the colour is darker and duller, less suffused with buffy ortawny. Dorsal surface dark olivaceous, near ‘‘ brownish olive”’; sides but little more buffy. Under surface not sharply defined, terminal half of hairs dull “ pinkish buff.”’ * Cf. Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) i. p. 85 (footnote) (Jan, 1918). 190 Mr. O. Thomas on Skull apparently quite as in puer. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 82 mm.; tail 72; hind foot 20; ear 16. Skull: tip of nasals to back of interparietal 18 ; zygomatic breadth 11:3 ; nasals 9; interorbital breadth 4°6; palatilar length 10°2; palatal foramina 6 ; upper molar series 3°6 ; breadth of m* 1:0. Hab, as above. Type. Adult male. B.M. no. 18.1. 1.38. Original number 22. Collected 21st August, 1917. This Akodon seems alone related to A. puer, the remarkably small size of the molars separating the two from any other species known to me. In colour, as usual, the Jujuy form is darker and less bright than that of the dry Bolivian highlands. 9. Hypsimys budini, gen. et sp. nn. 3. 38, 89, 40, 47,48; 9.438. Leon, Jujuy, 1500 m. Hypsimys, gen. n. External characters quite as in Akodon, but claws longer, the anterior as long as or longer than the posterior. Skull in general form rather narrower than in Akodon, but not of the excessive narrowness found in Deltamys. Muzzle narrow. Supraorbital edges rounded; slightly squared posteriorly, but not ridged. Brain-case smooth, without ridges. Interparietal present, but small. Zygo- matic plate slanted in front, but not so narrowed as in Oxymycterus and Microvus. Palatal foramina long. Bulle not specially enlarged. Teeth—Incisors slender, narrow, flat in front, fairly orthodont in set, the index about 82°. Molars quite unique in this group, highly hypsodont, almost as much so as in Chinchillula, though of so different a type to that as to make comparison difficult. They are just what Akodon teeth might be expected to become if made very hypsodont, high, narrow, with the vertical grooves extending far down towards the roots, of simple sectional pattern, that of m? pandurate*, that of m' similar but with three lobes, the front one circular, and that of m3 subtriangular. The roots are long and pecu- liarly flattened laterally, and in consequence the alveolar * Ridgway, ‘Nomenclature of Colours,’ Ist edition, 1886, pl. xiv. fie. 18, small Mammals from Salta and Jujuy. 191 holes are deep narrow slits instead of being round. M! has one long anterior root, one long internal one, and a postero- external more cylindrical; the usual median external one practically obsolete. MM? with three roots, m* with two. Pattern of unworn teeth not-yet known. Genotype. Hypsimys budini, sp. n. This genus, while closely resembling Akodon in external characters, is readily distinguishable by its strongly deve- loped hypsodontism, both roots and crowns of the tecth being highly modified. It is clearly a specially hypsodont Akodon, and has no near relationship to other hy psodont genera, such as Chinchillula or Andinomys, which belong to different groups of the subfamily. Its discovery is a most interesting addition to our knowledge of South American Muridz, no very hypsodont member of this group having been hitherto known, although a slight hypsodontism is present in many of them. The following is a description of the ty pe-species :— Size and general appearance very much as in Akodon fumeus, Thos., of Bolivia, to which the resemblance is so close that the two were supposed to be the same until the skull was examined. General colour above dark olivaceous, becoming warmer and browner on the rump. Under surface dark greyish, washed with whitish or buffy. A distinct white spot on the chin. Ears rather darker than head. Hands and feet greyish, the hairs at bases of claws white ; claws comparatively long, the fourth anterior about 3 mm. in length, the posterior 2:8. Tail about as long as the body without the head, well-haired, distinctly bicolor, blackish above, whitish below. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :-— Head and body 89 mm. ; tail 68; hind foot 21 sear 17. (An older specimen measures: head and body 115 mm.; tail 76 ; hind foot 23.) Skull (of type): greatest length 27:5; condylo-incisive length 25°4; zygomatic breadth 14; nasals 1G initer- orbital breadth 4°2; breadth of brain-case 12-2; palatilar length 24; palatal foramina 68 ; upper molar series, crowns 4°3, alveoli 4°9. Hab, as above. Type. Young adult male. B.M.no. 18. 1.1.44. Original number 47, Collected 29th August, 1917. This interesting mouse is so exactly like one of the ordinary Akodons that no one would suspect its real peculiarities until the skull was examined, Indeed, it is so 192 On small Mammals from Salta and Jujuy. like the Bolivian A. fumeus that I at first supposed it to be referable to that species, from which it is scarcely to be distinguished externally except by its long fore-claws. Mr. Budin notes on one specimen, “caught at foot of pine tree—among the roots.” 10. Dasyprocta variegata belivie, Thos. 9. 7 (young). Manuel Hlordi. Recently described from Yacuiba. 1]. Sylvilagus brasiliensis gibsoni, subsp. n. 3.1. Manuel Elordi, Vermejo, Salta, 500m. 25th July, 1917.) BoM. nos18.1.128. > Pyne. Essentially similar to S. 6. parayuensis, but the mottling of the upper surface slightly less strong and the general colour a little greyer. Crown with large greyish confluent patches at the anterior bases of the ears, only a very small greyish spot indicating their position in the allied form. Under surface whiter, the white of the chest extending up the chest above the level of the fore-limbs, and much reducing the greyish-buff collar, which is little more than an inch in antero-posterior diameter, as compared with three or four inches in paraguensis. Skull about as in paraguensis. Postorbital processes not touching terminally the bone of the frontal behind. Occi- pital shelf with its posterior angles not developed, so that it is nearly semicircular in shape, while it is practically square in paraguensis ; but only one specimen of sal/@ is available for comparison with three examples of paraguensis. Dimensions of the type (measured in the flesh) :— Head and body 310 mm. ; tail 10; hind foot 71; ear 55. Skull: greatest length 62°5 ; condylo-incisive length 56 ; zygomatic breadth 31°5 ; upper tooth-series (alveoli) 12. Hab. and Type as above. The reduction of the dark collar and the presence of the grey patches at the bases of the ears clearly indicate a subspecific difference in this Sylvilagus of the Upper Vermejo, as compared with the form found in Paraguay. This hare, the first and only known member of the group occurring naturally in Argentina, I have named after Mr. Ernest Gibson, to whom our Mammal Survey of the Argentine has been so immensely indebted for the help he has given in the collecting-trips of Messrs. Grant, Kemp, and Budin. On the Generic Division of the Hedgehogs. 193 12. Marmosa elegans cinderella, Thos. 6. 11, 23, 49, 51;. 9.,505 Leon, Jujuy. Type-locality. Tucuman. Mr. Budin notes that this little opossum is the culprit when rats and mice captured in the traps are found partly eaten. But it is certainly not always so, as I found in La Plata that the common Akodon arenicola freely eat their comrades in like case. s XX.— The Generic Division of the Hedyehogs. By OLpFIELD ‘THOMAS. (Published by permission of the Trustees of the British Museum.) In the most recent paper on hedgehogs, that by Satunin *, these animals are divided into three genera—Lvrinaceus, Hemi- echinus, and Macroechinus,—tlie divisions being based on certain characters of the pterygoids and bulle first pointed out and used by Dr. John Anderson. But Satunin’s paper, based as it is on Asiatic material only, and drawn up without access to the full literature of the subject, proves to need some modifications and corrections as to nomenclature, and the following notes may be of use to persons wishing to anderstand the grouping ot these animals. As material increases and has to be classified, labelled, and arranged in Museum collections, this close splitting of the genera proves to be of great assistance in carrying out the work with accuracy and convenience, and on this account I follow Satunin in using the groups as full genera. Synopsis of genera :— A. Pterygoids and bulle normal f. a, Spines on crown divided into two groups by a median parting. Postglenoid processes small, not hollowed out, much surpassed by the mas- toid processes. a’. Hallux present. a’, Coronal parting narrow, inconspicuous. * Ann. Mus. St. Petersb. xi. p. 1 (1907). + Asin Anderson, P. ZS. 1895, p. 416, fig. 1, and J. A. S. B. xlvii. pl. iv 194 Mr. O. Thomas on the Posterior palatal shelf narrow, Third in- cisor normally one-rooted ..........008- 1. Evinaceus. 8, Coronal parting broad, conspicuous. Poste- rior palatal shelf broad. Third incisor two-rooted ....... Bo55 ds weecceeeveeso” 2. asthechinus, BA eollnx absent.